WO2023073664A1 - Devices, systems, and methods for detecting tissue and foreign objects during a surgical operation - Google Patents

Devices, systems, and methods for detecting tissue and foreign objects during a surgical operation Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023073664A1
WO2023073664A1 PCT/IB2022/060482 IB2022060482W WO2023073664A1 WO 2023073664 A1 WO2023073664 A1 WO 2023073664A1 IB 2022060482 W IB2022060482 W IB 2022060482W WO 2023073664 A1 WO2023073664 A1 WO 2023073664A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
end effector
electrodes
surgical instrument
control circuit
media
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/IB2022/060482
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Zhijun Liu
Christopher J. WAID
Patrick L. Creamer
Morgan R. Hunter
Nathan P.K. NGUYEN
Kevin D. Felder
James K. MCKALE
Jeffrey S. Swayze
Simon C. CALCUTT
Elisa J. BARBER
Matthew K. SADLER
Richard D. Lintern
James Richardson
Rita STELL
Mikhail E. BASHTANOV
Original Assignee
Cilag Gmbh International
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US17/965,357 external-priority patent/US20230133607A1/en
Priority claimed from US17/965,336 external-priority patent/US11957342B2/en
Application filed by Cilag Gmbh International filed Critical Cilag Gmbh International
Priority to EP22802274.5A priority Critical patent/EP4240253A1/en
Publication of WO2023073664A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023073664A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/068Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps
    • A61B17/072Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps for applying a row of staples in a single action, e.g. the staples being applied simultaneously
    • A61B17/07207Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps for applying a row of staples in a single action, e.g. the staples being applied simultaneously the staples being applied sequentially
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/11Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for performing anastomosis; Buttons for anastomosis
    • A61B17/115Staplers for performing anastomosis in a single operation
    • A61B17/1155Circular staplers comprising a plurality of staples
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/32Surgical cutting instruments
    • A61B17/320068Surgical cutting instruments using mechanical vibrations, e.g. ultrasonic
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B18/04Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating
    • A61B18/12Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating by passing a current through the tissue to be heated, e.g. high-frequency current
    • A61B18/14Probes or electrodes therefor
    • A61B18/1442Probes having pivoting end effectors, e.g. forceps
    • A61B18/1445Probes having pivoting end effectors, e.g. forceps at the distal end of a shaft, e.g. forceps or scissors at the end of a rigid rod
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B2017/00017Electrical control of surgical instruments
    • A61B2017/00022Sensing or detecting at the treatment site
    • A61B2017/00026Conductivity or impedance, e.g. of tissue
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B2017/00017Electrical control of surgical instruments
    • A61B2017/00022Sensing or detecting at the treatment site
    • A61B2017/00075Motion
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B2017/00017Electrical control of surgical instruments
    • A61B2017/00022Sensing or detecting at the treatment site
    • A61B2017/00084Temperature
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B2017/00017Electrical control of surgical instruments
    • A61B2017/00115Electrical control of surgical instruments with audible or visual output
    • A61B2017/00119Electrical control of surgical instruments with audible or visual output alarm; indicating an abnormal situation
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B2017/00017Electrical control of surgical instruments
    • A61B2017/00115Electrical control of surgical instruments with audible or visual output
    • A61B2017/00128Electrical control of surgical instruments with audible or visual output related to intensity or progress of surgical action
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B2017/00017Electrical control of surgical instruments
    • A61B2017/00199Electrical control of surgical instruments with a console, e.g. a control panel with a display
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/068Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps
    • A61B17/072Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps for applying a row of staples in a single action, e.g. the staples being applied simultaneously
    • A61B2017/07214Stapler heads
    • A61B2017/07257Stapler heads characterised by its anvil
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/068Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps
    • A61B17/072Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps for applying a row of staples in a single action, e.g. the staples being applied simultaneously
    • A61B2017/07214Stapler heads
    • A61B2017/07271Stapler heads characterised by its cartridge
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/068Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps
    • A61B17/072Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps for applying a row of staples in a single action, e.g. the staples being applied simultaneously
    • A61B2017/07214Stapler heads
    • A61B2017/07278Stapler heads characterised by its sled or its staple holder
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B2018/00053Mechanical features of the instrument of device
    • A61B2018/0016Energy applicators arranged in a two- or three dimensional array
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B2018/00315Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body for treatment of particular body parts
    • A61B2018/00345Vascular system
    • A61B2018/00404Blood vessels other than those in or around the heart
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B2018/00571Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body for achieving a particular surgical effect
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B2018/00571Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body for achieving a particular surgical effect
    • A61B2018/00589Coagulation
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B2018/00571Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body for achieving a particular surgical effect
    • A61B2018/00607Coagulation and cutting with the same instrument
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B2018/00571Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body for achieving a particular surgical effect
    • A61B2018/0063Sealing
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B2018/00636Sensing and controlling the application of energy
    • A61B2018/00773Sensed parameters
    • A61B2018/00875Resistance or impedance
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B2018/00636Sensing and controlling the application of energy
    • A61B2018/00898Alarms or notifications created in response to an abnormal condition
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B2018/00994Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body combining two or more different kinds of non-mechanical energy or combining one or more non-mechanical energies with ultrasound
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B18/04Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating
    • A61B18/12Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating by passing a current through the tissue to be heated, e.g. high-frequency current
    • A61B18/14Probes or electrodes therefor
    • A61B18/1442Probes having pivoting end effectors, e.g. forceps
    • A61B2018/1452Probes having pivoting end effectors, e.g. forceps including means for cutting
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B34/00Computer-aided surgery; Manipulators or robots specially adapted for use in surgery
    • A61B34/30Surgical robots
    • A61B2034/302Surgical robots specifically adapted for manipulations within body cavities, e.g. within abdominal or thoracic cavities
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B2562/00Details of sensors; Constructional details of sensor housings or probes; Accessories for sensors
    • A61B2562/04Arrangements of multiple sensors of the same type
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B34/00Computer-aided surgery; Manipulators or robots specially adapted for use in surgery
    • A61B34/30Surgical robots

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to surgical instruments and, in various arrangements, to surgical stapling and cutting instruments and staple cartridges for use therewith that are designed to staple and cut tissue.
  • a surgical instrument in one aspect, can include an end effector that includes jaws configured to transition between an opened condition and a closed condition, a plurality of electrodes positioned within the jaws of the end effector, a control circuit, and a memory configured to store an algorithm configured to cause the control circuit to determine an impedance signal based on signals received from the plurality of electrodes, detect a media positioned between the jaws of the end effector based on the determined impedance signal, determine a position of the detected media based on the received signals, and generate an alert associated with the detected media and the determined position.
  • a surgical system can include a surgical instrument including an end effector including jaws configured to transition between an opened condition and a closed condition, and a plurality of electrodes positioned within the jaws of the end effector, wherein each electrode of the plurality of electrodes is positioned about a longitudinal axis defined by the end effector, and a computer system communicably coupled to the surgical instrument, wherein the computer system includes a control circuit and a memory configured to store an algorithm configured to cause the control circuit to receive signals from the plurality of electrodes, determine an impedance signal based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes, detect a media positioned between the jaws of the end effector based on the determined impedance signal, determine a position of the detected media along the longitudinal axis based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes, and generate an alert associated with the detected media and the determined position.
  • a method of characterizing media positioned between jaws of an end effector of a surgical instrument can include receiving, via a control circuit of the surgical instrument, signals from a plurality of electrodes positioned within the jaws of the end effector, determining, via the control circuit, an impedance signal based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes, detecting, via the control circuit, the media positioned between the jaws of the end effector based on the determined impedance signal, determining, via the control circuit, a position of the detected media along a longitudinal axis defined by the end effector based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes, generating, via the control circuit, an alert associated with the detected media and the determined position, and characterizing, via the control circuit, the detected media based on the determined impedance signal.
  • related systems include but are not limited to circuitry and I or programming for effecting herein-referenced method aspects; the circuitry and I or programming can be virtually any combination of hardware, software, and I or firmware configured to affect the herein-referenced method aspects depending upon the design choices of the system designer.
  • circuitry and I or programming can be virtually any combination of hardware, software, and I or firmware configured to affect the herein-referenced method aspects depending upon the design choices of the system designer.
  • FIG. 1 illustrates a perspective view of a surgical instrument in accordance with at least one embodiment
  • FIG. 2 illustrates a perspective view of a controller of a robotic surgical system
  • FIG. 3 illustrates a perspective view of the robotic surgical system of FIG. 2 comprising a plurality of robotic surgical arms which each operably support a surgical instrument thereon;
  • FIG. 4 illustrates a side view of a robotic surgical arm illustrated in FIG. 3;
  • FIG. 5 illustrates a perspective view of a staple cartridge positioned in a cartridge jaw in accordance with at least one embodiment
  • FIG. 5A illustrates a partial cross-sectional view of the staple cartridge of FIG. 5;
  • FIG. 5B illustrates a perspective view of the staple cartridge of FIG. 5 removed from the cartridge jaw
  • FIG. 5C illustrates an exploded view of the staple cartridge of FIG. 5;
  • FIG. 5D illustrates a perspective view of a sled of the staple cartridge of FIG. 5;
  • FIG. 6 illustrates a logic flow diagram of an algorithm depicting a control program or a logic configuration for modulating a sensor parameter of the sensor array, in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 7 illustrates a top schematic view of a staple cartridge, in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 8 illustrates a diagram of a cartridge comprising a plurality of sensors coupled to a control circuit through a set of coils to transfer power and data between the cartridge and a control circuit located in an instrument housing, in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 9 illustrates a block diagram of a surgical instrument configured or programmed to control the distal translation of a displacement member, in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 10 illustrates a system for detecting tissue and foreign objects during a surgical operation, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 11 illustrates a user interface displayed by a computing device of the system of FIG. 10, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 12 illustrates a chart depicting a parameter measured by the system of FIG. 10 in time, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 13 illustrates a logic flow diagram of a method of detecting and locating media within jaws of an end effector of a surgical instrument of the system of FIG 10, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 14 illustrates a logic flow diagram of a method of detecting an anomaly as part of the method of FIG. 13, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 15 illustrates a logic flow diagram of a method of detecting a presence of a foreign object within jaws of an end effector, as part of the methods of FIGS. 13 and 14, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 16 illustrates a chart depicting experimental results of the methods of FIGS. 13- 15, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure
  • FIGS. 17A-C illustrate another chart depicting experimental results of the methods of FIGS. 13-15, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 18 illustrates another user interface displayed by a computing device of the system of FIG. 10, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 19 illustrates another chart depicting experimental results of the methods of FIGS. 13-15, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 20 illustrates another chart depicting experimental results of the methods of FIGS. 13-15, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 21 illustrates a logic flow diagram of a method that collectively implements multiple patterns to distinguish detected foreign objects from detected tissue within the jaws of an end effector, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect
  • FIG. 22 illustrates a logic flow diagram of a method of training an algorithmic model to intelligently classify the location of media within the jaws of an end effector, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect
  • FIG. 23 illustrates a block diagram of a method of classifying a detected media after an algorithmic model has been trained via the method of FIG. 22, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure
  • FIGS. 24A and 24B illustrate several charts depicting a distinction between various media detected within the jaws of an end effector, as determined via the method of FIG. 23, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 25 illustrates another chart depicting a distinction between various media detected within the jaws of an end effector, as determined via the method of FIG. 23, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure
  • FIGS. 26A and 26B illustrate several charts depicting a of characterizing tissue within the jaws of an end effector, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 27 illustrates a flow chart of a method of detecting media, locating media, and characterizing media positioned between the jaws of an end effector, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 28 illustrates a surgical system configured to detect, locate, and characterize media positioned between the jaws of an end effector, in accordance with at least one nonlimiting aspect of the present disclosure
  • FIGS. 29A-C illustrates a robotic surgical instrument configured for use with the system of FIG. 28, in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 30 illustrates a block diagram of an algorithmic engine employed by the surgical instrument of FIGS. 29A-C, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 31 illustrates a handheld surgical instrument configured for use with the system of FIG. 28, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 32 illustrates an exemplary electrode array, in accordance with at least one nonlimiting aspect of the present disclosure
  • FIGS. 33A-C illustrates another end effector configured for use with the surgical instruments disclosed herein, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure
  • FIGS. 34A-C illustrate an articulation joint, shaft, nozzle, and control circuit configured for use with the end effectors and surgical instruments disclosed herein, according to at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 35 illustrates another end effector, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure
  • FIGS. 36A-D illustrate another end effector, in accordance with at least one nonlimiting aspect of the present disclosure
  • FIGS. 37A and 37B illustrate other end effectors, in accordance with at least one nonlimiting aspect of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 38 illustrate another end effector, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure
  • FIGS. 39A-C illustrate another end effector, in accordance with at least one nonlimiting aspect of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 40 illustrates a flexible circuit configured for use with any of the end effectors disclosed herein, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 41 illustrates a system diagram of a system configured to use the surgical instruments and end effectors disclosed herein, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 42 illustrates a surgical instrument, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 43 illustrates a diagram illustrating several non-limiting surgical system configurations, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 44 illustrates a logic flow diagram of a method of identifying a particular contact between the jaws of an end effector and a media positioned within the jaws of the end effector, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 45 illustrates a logic flow diagram of a method of utilizing the sensing techniques disclosed herein to inform an operation performed by a second surgical instrument, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 46 illustrates a logic flow diagram of a specific procedure implementing the method of FIG. 45, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure.
  • Applicant of the present application owns U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 63/274,207, entitled DEVICES, SYSTEMS, AND METHODS FOR DETECTING TISSUE AND FOREIGN OBJECTS DURING A SURGICAL OPERATION, filed November 1 , 2021 , the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • Applicant of the present application owns the following U.S. Provisional Patent Applications, filed on December 30, 2019, the disclosure of each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its respective entirety: U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 62/955,294, entitled USER INTERFACE FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH COMBINATION ENERGY MODALITY END-EFFECTOR; U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 62/955,299, entitled ELECTROSURGICAL INSTRUMENTS FOR COMBINATION ENERGY DELIVERY; and U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 62/955,306, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS.
  • Applicant of the present application owns the following U.S. Patent Applications filed on May 28, 2020, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its respective entirety: U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/887,499, entitled USER INTERFACE FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH COMBINATION ENERGY MODALITY END-EFFECTOR; U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/887,493, entitled METHOD OF OPERATING A COMBINATION ULTRASONIC I BIPOLAR RF SURGICAL DEVICE WITH A COMBINATION ENERGY MODALITY END-EFFECTOR; U.S. Patent Application Serial No.
  • 16/887,506 entitled DEFLECTABLE SUPPORT OF RF ENERGY ELECTRODE WITH RESPECT TO OPPOSING ULTRASONIC BLADE; U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/887,515, entitled NON-BIASED DEFLECTABLE ELECTRODE TO MINIMIZE CONTACT BETWEEN ULTRASONIC BLADE AND ELECTRODE; U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/887,519, entitled DEFLECTABLE ELECTRODE WITH HIGHER DISTAL BIAS RELATIVE TO PROXIMAL BIAS; U.S. Patent Application Serial No.
  • Applicant of the present application owns the following U.S. Patent Applications filed on May 28, 2020, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its respective entirety: U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/885,813, entitled METHOD FOR AN ELECTROSURGICAL PROCEDURE; U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/885,820, entitled ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL INSTRUMENT; U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/885,823, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH JAW ALIGNMENT FEATURES; U.S. Patent Application Serial No.
  • Patent Application Serial No. 16/885,870 entitled ELECTROSURGICAL SYSTEMS WITH INTEGRATED AND EXTERNAL POWER SOURCES
  • U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/885,873 entitled ELECTROSURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH ELECTRODES HAVING ENERGY FOCUSING FEATURES
  • U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/885,879 entitled ELECTROSURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH ELECTRODES HAVING VARIABLE ENERGY DENSITIES
  • 16/885,900 entitled ELECTROSURGICAL INSTRUMENT FOR DELIVERING BLENDED ENERGY MODALITIES TO TISSUE
  • U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/885,917 entitled CONTROL PROGRAM ADAPTATION BASED ON DEVICE STATUS AND USER INPUT
  • U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/885,923 entitled CONTROL PROGRAM FOR MODULAR COMBINATION ENERGY DEVICE
  • U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/885,931 entitled SURGICAL SYSTEM COMMUNICATION PATHWAYS.
  • Applicant of the present application owns related U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/951 ,259, filed November 18, 2020 and titled MULTI-LAYER CLAMP ARM PAD FOR ENHANCED VERSATILITY AND PERFORMANCE OF A SURGICAL DEVICE, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its respective entirety.
  • Applicant of the present application owns related U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/887,493, filed May 29, 2020 and titled METHOD OF OPERATING A COMBINATION ULTRASONIC I BIPOLAR RF SURGICAL DEVICE WITH A COMBINATION ENERGY MODALITY END-EFFECTOR, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its respective entirety.
  • Applicant of the present application owns related U.S. Patent Application Serial No.16/453,343, filed June 26, 2019, and titled STAPLE CARTRIDGE RETAINER SYSTEM WITH AUTHENTICATION KEYS, , the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its respective entirety.
  • a combined ultrasonic and electrosurgical device may be configured for use in open surgical procedures, but has applications in other types of surgery, such as minimally invasive laparoscopic, orthoscopic, or thoracoscopic procedures, for example, non-invasive endoscopic procedures, either in hand held or and robotic-assisted procedures.
  • Versatility is achieved by selective application of multiple energy modalities simultaneously, independently, sequentially, or combinations thereof.
  • versatility may be achieved by selective use of ultrasonic and electrosurgical energy (e.g., monopolar or bipolar RF energy) either simultaneously, independently, sequentially, or combinations thereof.
  • ultrasonic and electrosurgical energy e.g., monopolar or bipolar RF energy
  • electrosurgical energy e.g., monopolar or bipolar RF energy
  • handheld and robotic surgical devices such as surgical staplers
  • sensing and feedback features could generate information regarding tissue location in jaws, tissue characteristics, and the presence of foreign objects within the jaws of a surgical device.
  • Such features could bring high value to both hand-held and robotic surgical devices that could make surgical operations, such as stapling tasks, more efficient, precise, and safer for the patient.
  • Electrical impedance spectroscopy (“EIS”) is a powerful technique that utilizes particularly configured signals to probe the impedance characteristics of objects.
  • EIS techniques can be implemented to scan a tissue sample within the jaws of a surgical device using signals with a wide range of frequencies to generate an impedance spectrum for the tissue sample. Accordingly, there is a need for improved surgical devices, systems, and methods for detecting tissue locations and foreign objects. Such surgical devices, systems, and methods can employ EIS techniques to scan and characterize a tissue sample and thus, improve the efficiency, precision, and safety of a surgical operation.
  • a surgical instrument 10000 is illustrated in FIG. 1.
  • the surgical instrument 10000 comprises a handle 10100 including a handle housing 10120, a shaft 10200 extending from the handle 10100, and an end effector 10400.
  • the end effector 10400 comprises a first jaw 10410 configured to receive a staple cartridge and a second jaw 10420 movable relative to the first jaw 10410.
  • the second jaw 10420 comprises an anvil including staple forming pockets defined therein.
  • the surgical instrument 10000 further comprises a closure actuator 10140 configured to drive a closure system of the surgical instrument 10000 and move the second jaw 10420 between an unclamped position and a clamped position.
  • the closure actuator 10140 is operably coupled with a closure tube 10240 that is advanced distally when the closure actuator 10140 is closed. In such instances, the closure tube 10240 contacts the second jaw and cams and/or pushes the second jaw 10420 downwardly into its clamped position.
  • the second jaw 10420 is pivotably coupled to the first jaw 10410 about a pivot axis.
  • the second jaw can both translate and rotate as it is being moved into its clamped position.
  • a surgical instrument comprises a staple cartridge jaw that is movable between an unclamped position and a clamped position relative to an anvil jaw.
  • the handle 10100 comprises a lock configured to releasably hold the closure actuator 10140 in its clamped position.
  • the handle 10100 further comprises release actuators 10180b on opposite sides thereof which, when actuated, unlock the closure actuator 10140 such that the end effector 10400 can be re-opened.
  • the handle 10100 comprises an electric motor configured to move the closure tube 10240 proximally and/or distally when actuated by the clinician.
  • the end effector 10400 is attached to the shaft 10200 about an articulation joint 10500 and is rotatable within a plane about an articulation axis.
  • the shaft 10200 defines a longitudinal axis and the end effector 10400 is articulatable between an unarticulated position in which the end effector 10400 is aligned with the longitudinal axis and articulated positions in which the end effector 10400 extends at a transverse angle relative to the longitudinal axis.
  • the surgical instrument 10000 comprises a first articulation joint which permits the end effector 10400 to be articulated in a first plane and a second articulation joint which permits the end effector 10400 to be articulated in a second plane which is orthogonal to the first plane, for example.
  • the handle 10100 comprises at least one electric motor and a control system configured to control the operation of the electric motor in response to articulation actuators 10160 and 10170.
  • the electric motor comprises a brushless DC motor; however, the electric motor can comprise any suitable motor, such as a brushed DC motor, for example.
  • the shaft 10200 is rotatable about a longitudinal axis extending through the shaft 10200.
  • the shaft 10200 is rotatably connected to the handle 10100 about a rotation joint 10220 and the shaft 10200 comprises one or more finger grooves defined therein which facilitate a clinician using the stapling instrument 10000 to rotate the shaft 10200.
  • the surgical instrument 10000 comprises an electric motor and a rotation actuator that, when actuated by the clinician, powers the electric motor to rotate the shaft 10200 in a first direction or a second direction depending on the direction in which the rotation actuator is actuated.
  • the surgical instrument 10000 comprises a staple firing drive configured to eject the staples out of the staple cartridge.
  • the staple firing drive comprises an electric motor and a firing member which is driven distally through a staple firing stroke by the electric motor. During the staple firing stroke, the firing member pushes the sled in the staple cartridge distally to eject the staples from the staple cartridge.
  • the surgical instrument systems described herein are motivated by an electric motor; however, the surgical instrument systems described herein can be motivated in any suitable manner.
  • the motors disclosed herein may comprise a portion or portions of a robotically controlled system.
  • U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 13/118,241 entitled SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENTS WITH ROTATABLE STAPLE DEPLOYMENT ARRANGEMENTS, now U.S. Patent No. 9,072,535, for example, discloses several examples of a robotic surgical instrument system in greater detail, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • FIG. 1 depicts a master controller 5001 that may be used in connection with a robotic arm cart 5100 depicted in FIG. 2.
  • the master controller 5001 and the robotic arm cart 5100, as well as their respective components and control systems, are collectively referred to herein as a robotic system 5000. Examples of such systems and devices are disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 7,524,320, entitled MECHANICAL ACTUATOR INTERFACE SYSTEM FOR ROBOTIC SURGICAL TOOLS, as well as U.S. Patent No.
  • the master controller 5001 includes controls 5003 which are grasped and manipulated by the surgeon while the surgeon views the patient via a display 1002.
  • the controls 5003 can comprise manual input devices which move with multiple degrees of freedom, for example, and can further comprise an actuatable trigger for actuating surgical instruments, or tools, to close grasping jaws, staple and incise tissue, and/or apply an electrical potential to an electrode, for example.
  • the robotic arm cart 5100 is configured to actuate one or more surgical instruments, such as surgical instruments 6000, for example, in response to inputs from the master controller 5001 .
  • the robotic arm cart 5100 includes a base 5002, arm linkages including set-up joints 5104, and instrument manipulators 5106.
  • Such an arrangement can facilitate the rotation of a surgical instrument 6000 around a point in space, which is described in U.S. Patent No. 5,817,084, entitled REMOTE CENTER POSITIONING DEVICE WITH FLEXIBLE DRIVE, the entire disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein.
  • This arrangement provides for pivoting rotation of a surgical instrument 6000 about an axis 5112a, or pitch axis.
  • the arrangement also provides for rotation of the surgical instrument 6000 about an axis 5112b, or yaw axis.
  • the pitch and yaw axes 5112a, 5112b intersect at a remote center 5114, which is aligned along an elongate shaft of the surgical instrument 6000.
  • a surgical instrument 6000 may have further degrees of driven freedom, including sliding motion along a longitudinal axis LT-LT. As the surgical instrument 6000 slides along the longitudinal axis LT-LT relative to the instrument manipulator 5106 (arrow 5112c), the remote center 5114 remains fixed relative to a base 5116 of the instrument manipulator 5106.
  • linkage 5108 is driven by one or more motors 5120 which move the linkage 5108 in response to commands from the master controller 5001 to position and/or manipulate the surgical instrument 6000 within the surgical site.
  • motors 5120 which move the linkage 5108 in response to commands from the master controller 5001 to position and/or manipulate the surgical instrument 6000 within the surgical site.
  • a staple cartridge such as staple cartridge 14000, for example, comprises a cartridge body 11100 and an electronic circuit 11500 including sensors 11600.
  • the staple cartridge 14000 is similar to the other staple cartridges disclosed herein in many respects and such respects are not discussed herein for the sake of brevity.
  • the cartridge body 11100 comprises a deck 11130 and longitudinal rows of staple cavities 11140 defined in the deck 11130.
  • Each staple cavity 11140 comprises a staple stored therein that is driven upwardly out of the staple cavity 11140 by a staple driver during a staple firing stroke.
  • Each staple comprises a base and two legs extending from the base such that the legs extend generally upwardly and outwardly to form a V-shape configuration.
  • the legs of the staple are resiliently deflected inwardly by the proximal and distal end walls of the staple cavity 11140 when the staple is stored in the staple cavity 11140.
  • the cartridge body 11100 comprises projections 11132 (FIG. 5B) extending from the deck 11130 which are configured to guide and/or control the legs of the staples as the staples are being ejected from the staple cavities 11140.
  • a projection 11132 is positioned at the distal end of each staple cavity 11140 and at the proximal end of each staple cavity 11140.
  • a projection 11132 is positioned at only one end of each staple cavity 11140.
  • various embodiments are envisioned in which some of the staple cavities 11140 do not comprise projections 11132 at the ends thereof.
  • the projections 11132 are further configured to engage the patient tissue positioned against the deck 11130 and limit the flow or movement of the patient tissue relative to the deck 11130.
  • the electronic circuit 11500 comprises a substrate including features engaged with the projections 11132.
  • the substrate comprises apertures defined therein, the sidewalls of which are engaged with the projections 11132.
  • the apertures are in a snap-fit and/or press-fit arrangement with the projections 11132 such that the electronic circuit 11500 is held in position relative to the cartridge body 11100.
  • the projections 11132 comprise at least partially annular or circumferential shoulders which hold the sensor circuit 11500 against the cartridge body 11100.
  • a sensor circuit of a staple cartridge is comprised of a conductive material printed on the deck of the cartridge body.
  • the conductive material is comprised of metal particles bonded to the deck which form an electrical circuit connecting the sensors.
  • the printed electrical circuit is printed onto the cartridge body with a three-dimensional printer.
  • the sensor circuit comprises electrodes, or contacts, that are printed onto the cartridge body.
  • the sensor circuit comprises electrodes which comprise a polygonal surface configured to contact the tissue.
  • the electrodes comprise a curved and/or tortuous path on the deck surface which, in various instances, can increase the contact area between the electrodes and the tissue.
  • the electrodes comprise needles extending therefrom which are configured to penetrate the tissue.
  • the needles comprise a diameter of about 1 pm, for example.
  • the needles provide parallel signal paths between the tissue and the sensor circuit within one electrode to improve the sensitivity of the sensor circuit.
  • a conductive grease or conductive viscous agent covers the tissue contact points of the sensor circuit which improves the contact between the electrodes and the tissue.
  • portions of the sensor circuit are embedded in the cartridge body.
  • the sensor circuit comprises flat, thin conductors that are embedded into the cartridge body when a plastic material, for example, is overmolded onto portions of the conductors. Portions of the conductors, however, remain exposed to provide tissue engaging pads and/or electrically-conductive attachment points for soldering sensors thereto.
  • part of the cartridge sensor circuit can be defined on the lateral sidewalls of the cartridge jaw.
  • a proximal portion and a distal portion of the sensor circuit are defined on the cartridge body and an intermediate portion of the sensor circuit is defined on the cartridge jaw that electrically connects the proximal portion and the distal portion of the sensor circuit.
  • the portions of the sensor circuit mounted to the cartridge jaw comprise conductive strips mounted to the sidewalls. When the staple cartridge is seated in the cartridge jaw, the cartridge sensor circuit engages the conductive strips to complete the circuit.
  • a sensor circuit can include conductive tissue-contacting surfaces.
  • a sensor circuit can include non-conductive tissuecontacting surfaces.
  • a sensor circuit comprises one or more capacitive electrodes.
  • capacitive electrodes In various instances, projected capacitance measurement techniques are used to measure the presence of the tissue over the capacitive electrodes and/or a property of the tissue over the capacitive electrodes.
  • each capacitive electrode comprises an insulative covering which covers capacitive pads contained therein.
  • surface capacitance measurement techniques can be used.
  • a sensor circuit comprises one or more inductive sensors.
  • an eddy current is induced in each of the inductive sensors which changes when the tissue contacts the sensors.
  • the changes to the sensor eddy currents are detected by the control system of the staple cartridge.
  • the sensor circuit can comprise temperature sensors which are used to detect the presence of tissue over the temperature sensors.
  • the sensor circuit comprises electrodes comprised of a doped polycrystalline ceramic comprising barium titanate (BaTiO3), for example. The resistance of these ceramic materials changes in response to temperature changes, such as when patient tissue is positioned against the electrodes.
  • the cartridge processor is configured to employ an algorithm to monitor the resistance fluctuations in the ceramic materials to assess whether or not tissue was positioned against the electrodes.
  • the electrodes of the sensor circuit are in a parallel arrangement such that a detected resistance, capacitance, voltage, and/or current change can be directly related to the position of a sensor.
  • the processor can assess whether and where tissue is positioned over the staple cartridge.
  • the staple cartridge 14000 further comprises a laminate material 14900 mounted to one or more components of the staple cartridge 14000 to control the electrical effects created within the cartridge components by the fields emitted from and/or surrounding the staple cartridge 14000.
  • the laminate material 14900 comprises a flux field directional material including at least two layers - a first layer 14910, or cover, and a second layer 14920 of magnetic material attached to the first layer 14910.
  • the first layer 14910 is comprised of polyethylene terephthalate, for example, which protects the second layer 14920, but can be comprised of any suitable material.
  • the second layer 14920 is comprised of a sintered ferrite sheet, for example, but can be comprised of any suitable material.
  • an adhesive layer 14930 comprised of a pressure-sensitive adhesive, for example, is bonded to the second layer 14920 and is used to attach the laminate material 14900 to one or more components of the staple cartridge 14000, as discussed further below.
  • the laminate material 14900 is a Flux Field Directional Material EM15TF manufactured by 3M, for example.
  • laminate material 14900 is bonded to the cartridge body 11100 and is arranged to change and/or control the shape of the fields extending from the cartridge antennas.
  • the laminate material 14900 focuses the fields away from the metal cartridge jaw of the surgical instrument 10000 in which the staple cartridge 14000 is seated.
  • the cartridge body 11100 is comprised of plastic and the laminate material 14900 is mounted to the cartridge body 11100 such that the laminate material 14900 surrounds, or at least substantially surrounds, the cartridge antennas.
  • laminate material 14900 is mounted to the cartridge body 11100 at a location which is intermediate the cartridge data coil 11540” and the cartridge power coil 11545” such that the cartridge coils 11540” and 11545” are separated by the laminate material 14900.
  • laminate material 14900 is bonded to the metal walls of the cartridge jaw 10410.
  • laminate material 14900 is mounted to the metal walls of the cartridge jaw 10410 at a location which is intermediate the instrument data coil 10540” and the power transmission coil 10545”.
  • the laminate material 14900 bonds the cartridge data antenna 11530” and/or the cartridge power antenna 11535” to the cartridge body 11100.
  • the laminate material 14900 bonds the instrument data antenna 10530” and/or the instrument power antenna 10535” to the metal cartridge jaw 10410.
  • laminate material 14900 is mounted to the metal pan 11700.
  • laminate material 14900 is positioned intermediate the metal pan 11700 and the cartridge data antenna 11530” and, also, intermediate the metal pan 11700 and the cartridge power antenna 11535”. Such an arrangement can focus the fields created by the antennas 11530” and 11535” away from the metal pan 11700 to minimize the electrical effects that the fields have on the metal pan 11700.
  • laminate material 14900 is mounted to the movable components of the staple cartridge 14000. In at least one instance, referring to FIG. 5D, laminate material 14900 is mounted to the sled 11400.
  • laminate material 14900 is mounted to the lateral sides 11410 of the sled 11400, for example. In at least one instance, referring to FIG. 5A, laminate material 14900 is mounted to one or more of the staple drivers 11300, for example. In at least one such instance, laminate material 14900 is mounted to the lateral sides 11310 of the staple drivers 11300. Laminate material 14900 can be mounted to all of the staple drivers 11300, or just the staple drivers 11300 adjacent the cartridge antennas 11530” and 11535”, for example.
  • the fields generated by the cartridge antennas and/or instrument antennas can affect the output of the sensors 11600. Such an effect can be reduced or mitigated by the laminate material 14900, for example.
  • the processor of the staple cartridge 14000 is configured to electronically account for the effect that the antenna fields will have on the sensors 11600.
  • the cartridge processor can monitor when signals are being transmitted between the antenna couples and, in such instances, modify the sensor outputs being received from the sensors 11600 before transmitting the sensor outputs to the surgical instrument processor and/or recording the sensor outputs in a memory device in the staple cartridge 14000.
  • the sensor outputs may not need to be modified by the processor before being transmitted to the surgical instrument processor and/or recorded in a memory device in the staple cartridge 14000.
  • the processor can apply a first compensation factor to the sensor outputs when the power antenna couple is transmitting signals, a second compensation factor to the sensor outputs when the signal antenna couple is transmitting signals, and a third compensation factor to the sensor outputs when both antennas are transmitting signals.
  • the third compensation factor is larger than the first compensation factor and the first compensation factor is larger than the second compensation factor, for example.
  • the circuit 11500 is flush with the top surface of the deck 11130 and/or recessed with respect to the top surface of the deck 11130.
  • the staple cartridge 11000 further comprises latches rotatably mounted thereto which are rotatable from an unlatched position to a latched position to hold the circuit 11500 in the circuit slot 11160.
  • the latches engage the cartridge body 11100 in a press-fit and/or snap-fit manner when the latches are in their latched position.
  • the latches are flush with and/or recessed below the top surface of the deck 11130.
  • the projections 11132 are mounted to and/or integrally-formed with the latches and/or any other suitable restraining features.
  • the circuit 11500 comprises one or more sensors which are held in place relative to the cartridge body 11100 as a result of the above.
  • FIG. 6 is a logic flow diagram of an algorithm 1190 depicting a control program or a logic configuration for modulating a sensor parameter of the sensor array 1036, in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure.
  • the algorithm 1190 includes detecting 1191 a tissue contact status of the staple cartridge 1046.
  • the algorithm 1190 further includes selectively modulating 1182 a sensor parameter of one or more sensors of the sensor array 1036 in accordance with the detected tissue contact status.
  • the algorithm 1190 is implemented, or at least partially implemented, by the control circuit 1026.
  • various aspects of the algorithm 1190 can be implemented by other control circuits such as, for example, the control circuit 1049, or any other suitable control circuit. For brevity the following description will focus on executing various aspects of the algorithm 1190 by the control circuit 1026.
  • detecting 1191 the tissue contact status of the staple cartridge 1046 is performed at each of a plurality of closure states.
  • the closure of the end effector 1040 commences, the size and/or position of the tissue in contact with the sensor array 1036 of the staple cartridge 1046 may change.
  • the control circuit 1026 can be configured to adjust one or more sensor parameters of one or more sensors, or groups of sensors, of the sensor array 1036 based on whether tissue contact is detected at the different closure states.
  • the sensor array 1036 is disposed along a length L of the staple cartridge 1046.
  • the tissue grasped by the end effector 1040 may cover a region 1193 extending only along a portion of the length L, for example extending along a length L1.
  • sensor data from sensors beyond the region 1193 can be assigned a lower priority than sensor data from sensors within the region 1193.
  • a control circuit 1026 can be configured to determine a priority level of the sensors of the sensor array 1036 based on their location with respect to the region 1193, for example.
  • the control circuit 1026 can be configured to switch sensors of the sensor array 1036 that are within the region 1193 to an active mode 1083 and/or switch sensors of the sensor array 1136 that are outside the region 1193 to an idler mode 1084, for example.
  • tissue contact detection can be accomplished by a tissue contact circuit 2830, as described in greater detail elsewhere in the present disclosure.
  • the tissue contact circuit 2830 is in open circuit mode with no tissue located against the sensors 2788a, 2788b.
  • the tissue contact circuit 2830 is transitioned to a closed circuit mode by the tissue 2820.
  • the sensors 2788a, 2788b are powered by voltage source V and a sensors circuit 2790 measures a signal generated by the sensors 2788a, 2788b.
  • the sensors 2788a, 2788b may include a pair of opposing electrode plates to make electrical contact with the tissue 2820.
  • any of the sensors 2788a, 2788b disclosed herein may include, and are not limited to, electrical contacts placed on an inner surface of a jaw which, when in contact with tissue, close a sensing circuit that is otherwise open.
  • the contact sensors may also include sensitive force transducers that detect when the tissue being clamped first resists compression.
  • Force transducers may include, and are not limited to, piezoelectric elements, piezoresistive elements, metal film or semiconductor strain gauges, inductive pressure sensors, capacitive pressure sensors, and resistive sensors.
  • a control circuit 1026 may receive one or more signals from the sensor circuit 2790 and/or sensors 2788a, 2788b indicative of a tissue contact status of one or more regions along the length L of the staple cartridge 1046.
  • the adjust one or more sensor parameters of one or more sensors, or groups of sensors the control circuit 1026 can be configured to adjust sensor parameters of one or more sensors of the sensor array 1036 in the one or more regions based on the tissue contact status.
  • the present disclosure provides methods of monitoring multiple sensors over time to detect moving characteristics of tissue located in the jaws of the end effector.
  • the end effector comprises a cartridge. More than one sensor can be located on a cartridge to sense the motion of the tissue from one sensor towards an adjacent sensor.
  • multiple sensors may be located on the stapling cartridge to sense movement of tissue by monitoring a property of the tissue.
  • the tissue property could be an electrical property of the tissue such as impedance or capacitance.
  • monitoring the impedance of the tissue from one time point to the next can allow the system to detect the motion of the tissue from one sensor towards the next.
  • a method of monitoring multiple sensors over time to detect moving characteristics of the tissue comprises monitoring multiple sensors over time to detect tissue movement relative to at least two sensed locations.
  • the method provides real-time tissue flow sensing through monitoring a sensed tissue property through time.
  • FIG. 8 illustrates a diagram of a surgical instrument 2750 comprising an instrument housing 2800 and an end effector 2752 inductively coupled to the instrument housing 2800 via a set of coils 2818 implementing a wireless power and data communication system, in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure.
  • the instrument housing 2800 comprises an energy source 2762 and a control circuit 2760 inductively coupled to the end effector 2752. Power from the energy source 2762 is inductively coupled to the end effector 2752 from a primary coil 2802 tuned for power located in the instrument housing 2800 to a secondary coil 2804 tuned for power located in the end effector 2752. Data is transmitted between the control circuit 2760 and the end effector sensor circuits 2790 between a primary coil 2816 tuned for data located in the instrument housing 2800 and a secondary coil 2814 tuned for data located in the end effector 2752.
  • FIG. 8 illustrates one implementation of the transmission system 1045 for wireless transmission of power and data.
  • power and data are transmitted separately.
  • power and data are transmitted sequentially or simultaneously.
  • the following description focuses on the implementation of the transmission system 1045 that is configured to separately transmit power and data.
  • the other implementations of the transmission system 1045 can be equally utilized.
  • the end effector 2752 comprises a cartridge 2768 and an anvil 2766 pivotally coupled to the cartridge 2768.
  • a plurality of sensors 2788 may be disposed in the cartridge 2768, the anvil 2766, or both.
  • the end effector 2752 comprises secondary coils 2804, 2814 to receive power from the instrument housing 2800 and communicate between the end effector 2752 circuits and the instrument housing 2800 circuits, respectively. Power from the secondary coil 2804 is rectified by a rectifier circuit 2806 and filter capacitor 2808 and is provided to a plurality of sensors 2788 via an analog multiplexer 2810 or other analog switching circuit.
  • Signals from the sensors 2788 are transmitted through the analog multiplexer 2810, coupled to a near field communication (NFC) tag 2812, and coupled to the control circuit 2760 from the secondary coil 2814 located in the end effector 2752 and the primary coil 2816 located in the instrument housing 2800.
  • the NFC tag 2812 is configured to transmit data from the cartridge 2768.
  • the sensors 2788 may be configured to measure tissue impedance, tissue temperature, tissue capacitance, tissue inductance, elapsed time, among other tissue parameters explained in the following description.
  • the cartridge 2768 portion of the end effector 2752 may comprise electrodes to receive electrosurgical energy to assist or enhance the tissue sealing process.
  • some or all of the plurality of sensors 2788 may act as electrodes to deliver the electrosurgical energy through the tissue clamped between the anvil 2766 and the cartridge 2768.
  • the plurality of sensors 2788 may be configured to measure tissue parameters such as impedance, capacitance, among other tissue parameters explained in the following description.
  • the end effector 2752 may comprise a clamp arm assembly and an ultrasonic blade for cutting and sealing tissue clamped between the clamp arm assembly and the ultrasonic blade instead of the anvil 2766 and cartridge 2768 as shown in the example of FIG. 8.
  • the plurality of sensors 2788 may be disposed in the clamp arm assembly and the electrical return path may be provided through the electrically conductive ultrasonic blade.
  • the plurality of sensors 788 may be configured to measure tissue parameters such as impedance, capacitance, among other tissue parameters explained in the following description.
  • the end effector 2752 may comprise a pair of jaws configured with electrodes to deliver electrosurgical energy to seal tissue clamped between the jaws instead of the anvil 2766 and cartridge 2768 as shown in the example of FIG. 8.
  • One of the jaws may be configured with a knife slot for cutting through the tissue after sealing.
  • the plurality of sensors 2788 may be disposed in either jaw or both. The plurality of sensors 2788 may be configured to measure tissue parameters such as impedance, capacitance, among other tissue parameters explained in the following description.
  • the end effector 2752 may comprise a clamp arm assembly and an ultrasonic blade instead of the anvil 2766 and cartridge 2768 as shown in the example of FIG. 8.
  • the clamp arm assembly is configured with electrodes for receiving electrosurgical energy for sealing tissue located between the clamp arm assembly and the ultrasonic blade.
  • the electrical return path for the electrosurgical energy is provided through the electrically conductive ultrasonic blade.
  • the ultrasonic blade is utilized to cut the sealed tissue clamped between the clamp arm assembly and the ultrasonic blade.
  • the plurality of sensors 2788 may be configured to measure tissue parameters such as impedance, capacitance, among other tissue parameters explained in the following description.
  • wireless power and/or data transmission between an instrument housing 2800 and the end effector 2752 encompasses a wireless power and/or data transmission between the surgical instrument 2750 and the staple cartridge 2768.
  • the primary coils 2802, 2816 can be disposed on a cartridge channel of the end effector 2752
  • the secondary coils 2804, 2814 can be disposed on the staple cartridge 2768 such that the primary coils 2802, 2816 and the secondary coils 2804, 2814 are aligned for a wireless connection when the staple cartridge 2768 is seated in the cartridge channel.
  • the instrument housing 2800 may encompass a proximal housing including the energy source 2762 and the control circuit 2760, a shaft extending distally from the proximal housing, and the cartridge channel.
  • FIG. 9 illustrates a block diagram of the surgical instrument 2750 shown in FIG. 8 comprising an instrument housing 2800 and an end effector 2752 inductively coupled to the instrument housing 2800 via a set of coils 2818 implementing a wireless power and data communication system, in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure.
  • the surgical instrument 2750 is configured or programmed to control the distal translation of a displacement member such as the I-beam 2764.
  • the surgical instrument 2750 comprises an end effector 2752 that may comprise an anvil 2766, an I-beam 2764 (including a sharp cutting edge), and a removable cartridge 2768.
  • the end effector 2752 comprises sensors 2788 and a sensors circuit 2790 coupled to the sensors 2788.
  • Power is inductively coupled to the sensor circuit 2790 and to the sensors 2788 through coils 2802, 2804 via near field communication.
  • Signals e.g., voltage, current, resistance, impedance, capacitance, inductance, frequency, phase, etc.
  • the signals or data corresponding to the signals are communicated between the sensors circuit 2790 in the end effector 2752 and the control circuit 2760 in the instrument housing 2800 via near field communication inductive coupling between the coils 2814, 2816.
  • the sensors 2788 may be located in any suitable location in the end effector 2752.
  • the sensors 2788 are arranged in an array in the cartridge 2768.
  • the sensors 2788 are arranged in an array in the anvil 2766.
  • the sensors 2788 are arranged in arrays in the cartridge 2768 and the anvil 2766.
  • the control circuit 2760 may be configured to monitor the sensors 2788 over time to detect moving characteristics of tissue located in the jaws of the end effector 2752.
  • the jaws of the end effector 2752 may be comprised of the anvil 2766 and the cartridge 2768, for example.
  • the position, movement, displacement, and/or translation of a linear displacement member, such as the I-beam 2764, can be measured by an absolute positioning system, sensor arrangement, and position sensor 2784.
  • a control circuit 2760 may be configured or programmed to control the translation of the displacement member, such as the I-beam 2764.
  • the control circuit 2760 in some examples, may comprise one or more microcontrollers, microprocessors, or other suitable processors for executing instructions that cause the processor or processors to control the displacement member, e.g., the I-beam 2764.
  • control circuit 2760 may comprise analog or digital circuits such as, for example, programmable logic devices (PLD), field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), discrete logic, or other hardware circuits, software, and/or firmware, or other machine executable instructions to perform the functions explained in the following description.
  • the control circuit 2760 can be in signal communication with a memory that is configured to store instructions executable by the control circuit 2760.
  • the instructions stored within the memory constitute a computer program product comprising instructions which, when executed by the processor, cause it to perform as required.
  • Such instructions may also be stored on any computer-readable medium (such as an optical disc, an SD card, a USB drive, etc., or a memory of a separate device), from which they may be copied into the memory or executed directly.
  • the process of copying or direct execution involves the creation of a data carrier signal carrying the computer program product.
  • control circuit 2760 may be configured or programmed to sense multiple longitudinal and lateral locations within the end effector 2752 independently and to use these different sensed locations with a localized predetermined return path to sense changes in the impedance of tissue grasped between the anvil 2766 and the cartridge 2768 both laterally and longitudinally to be able to detect any specific tissue mid-thickness measure by triangulating at least two interconnected session combinations.
  • the sensors 2788 may comprise an array of impedance sensors distributed laterally and longitudinally along the length of the stapler jaws, i.e., the cartridge 2768 and anvil 2766.
  • the control circuit 2760 may track the local impedance over time during the course of the jaw closure for each sensor, based on readings from the timer/counter 2781 , or using software timing techniques. This time history can be used to infer, if present, regions of heterogeneous impedance values - where there are distinct changes or anomalies that mark a particular location. These baseline location(s) are noted and tracked as firing is initiated. Once initiated, the position histories of these locations is tracked and used for feedback control of the firing process.
  • the control circuit may be configured or programmed to modify functions of the surgical instrument 2750 to alter tissue flow during firing of the I-beam 2764 including changing the firing speed, pauses (complete stops) in firing, closure force, among other parameters.
  • control circuit 2760 may be configured or programmed to predict an amount of tissue flow occurring in the jaws of the end effector 2752 by monitoring the sensors 2788.
  • Knowledge of tissue type from situational awareness and/or other device sensed measures, e.g., rate of change of closure load during closure, rate of change of closure load after closure is complete, etc. can be used by the control circuit 2760 to predict tissue flow.
  • the control circuit 2760 is configured or programmed to determine tissue type or condition by combining tissue flow during jaw closure with force feedback of the anvil 2766 closure system.
  • the predictions can be further refined by using the sensors 2788 to measure tissue impedance, among other parameters, detect rigid or foreign objects in the jaws, measure magnitude of tissue impedance, measure tissue flow during jaw closure, etc.
  • the control circuit 2760 may execute a jaw closure algorithm to sense tissue movements during closure as an indicator of the potential effect of each change during firing of the I-beam 2764. For example, at a first closure rate, the control circuit 2760 estimates the magnitude I direction of tissue flow, adjusts the closure rate of the jaws, and observes or records the changes in tissue flow within the jaws.
  • control circuit 2760 may be configured or programmed to predict post-fire tissue position by utilizing closure flow in combination with closure force feedback prior to firing to provide feedback to surgeon and allowing an opportunity to reposition the end effector 2752 to ensure tissue is fully captured in cut the line of the end effector 2752.
  • control circuit 2760 may be configured or programmed to receive data for various configurations of the sensors 2788 to monitor and interrogate tissue. This may include, monitoring tissue impedance, and tracking the impedance of the tissue across a single electrode or segmented electrode set configured along the length of the cartridge 2788.
  • the control circuit 2760 may be configured or programmed to monitor spectrographic impedance by utilizing sweeps of different frequencies and monitoring the tissue impedance to the power and frequency to determine the physiological composition of the tissue, monitoring capacitance of the tissue, and determining the tissue characteristics and gap relationship of the jaws to determine the amount of tissue present within the jaws.
  • control circuit 2760 may be configured or programmed to measure light transmissivity, refractivity or Doppler effects to determine tissue characteristics. Local light refractivity analysis may be employed to determine the surface conditions of the tissue to monitor irregularities within the tissue captured between the jaws.
  • the control circuit 2760 may be configured or programmed to monitor local moving particles of tissue using Doppler effect frequency analysis of the light.
  • a timer/counter 2781 provides an output signal, such as the elapsed time or a digital count, to the control circuit 2760 to correlate the position of the I-beam 2764 as determined by the position sensor 2784 with the output of the timer/counter 2781 such that the control circuit 2760 can determine the position of the I-beam 2764 at a specific time (t) relative to a starting position.
  • the timer/counter 2781 may be configured to measure elapsed time, count external events, or time external events. In other aspects, the timer/counter 2781 may be employed to measure elapsed time to monitor the sensors 2788 over time to detect moving characteristics of tissue located in the jaws of the end effector 2752.
  • the control circuit 2760 may generate a motor set point signal 2772.
  • the motor set point signal 2772 may be provided to a motor controller 2758.
  • the motor controller 2758 may comprise one or more circuits configured to provide a motor drive signal 2774 to the motor 2754 to drive the motor 2754 as described herein.
  • the motor 2754 may be a brushed DC electric motor.
  • the velocity of the motor 2754 may be proportional to the motor drive signal 2774.
  • the motor 2754 may be a brushless DC electric motor and the motor drive signal 2774 may comprise a PWM signal provided to one or more stator windings of the motor 2754.
  • the motor controller 2758 may be omitted, and the control circuit 2760 may generate the motor drive signal 2774 directly.
  • the motor 2754 may receive power from an energy source 2762.
  • the energy source 2762 may be or include a battery, a super capacitor, or any other suitable energy source.
  • the motor 2754 may be mechanically coupled to the I-beam 2764 via a transmission 2756.
  • the transmission 2756 may include one or more gears or other linkage components to couple the motor 2754 to the I-beam 2764.
  • a position sensor 2784 may sense a position of the I-beam 2764.
  • the position sensor 2784 may be or include any type of sensor that is capable of generating position data that indicate a position of the I-beam 2764.
  • the position sensor 2784 may include an encoder configured to provide a series of pulses to the control circuit 2760 as the I-beam 2764 translates distally and proximally.
  • the control circuit 2760 may track the pulses to determine the position of the I-beam 2764.
  • Other suitable position sensors may be used, including, for example, a proximity sensor. Other types of position sensors may provide other signals indicating motion of the I-beam 2764.
  • the position sensor 2784 may be omitted. Where the motor 2754 is a stepper motor, the control circuit 2760 may track the position of the I-beam 2764 by aggregating the number and direction of steps that the motor 2754 has been instructed to execute.
  • the position sensor 2784 may be located in the end effector 2752 or at any other portion of the instrument.
  • the control circuit 2760 may be in communication with one or more sensors 2788 located in the end effector 2752.
  • the sensors 2788 may be positioned in the end effector 2752 and adapted to operate with the surgical instrument 2750 to measure various derived parameters such as gap distance versus time, tissue compression versus time, anvil strain versus time, tissue movement versus time, tissue impedance, tissue capacitance, spectroscopic impedance, light transmissivity, refractivity or Doppler effects, among other parameters.
  • the sensors 2788 may comprise a magnetic sensor, a magnetic field sensor, a strain gauge, a pressure sensor, a force sensor, an inductive sensor such as an eddy current sensor, a resistive sensor, a capacitive sensor, an optical sensor, and/or any other suitable sensor for measuring one or more parameters of the end effector 2752.
  • the sensors 2788 may include one or more sensors.
  • the one or more sensors 2788 may comprise a strain gauge, such as a micro-strain gauge, configured to measure the magnitude of the strain in the anvil 2766 during a clamped condition.
  • the strain gauge provides an electrical signal whose amplitude varies with the magnitude of the strain.
  • the sensors 2788 may comprise a pressure sensor configured to detect a pressure generated by the presence of compressed tissue between the anvil 2766 and the cartridge 2768.
  • the sensors 2788 may be configured to detect impedance of a tissue section located between the anvil 2766 and the cartridge 2768 that is indicative of the thickness and/or fullness of tissue located therebetween.
  • the sensors 2788 may be is configured to measure forces exerted on the anvil 2766 by a closure drive system.
  • one or more sensors 2788 can be at an interaction point between a closure tube and the anvil 2766 to detect the closure forces applied by a closure tube to the anvil 2766.
  • the forces exerted on the anvil 2766 can be representative of the tissue compression experienced by the tissue section captured between the anvil 2766 and the cartridge 2768.
  • the one or more sensors 2788 can be positioned at various interaction points along the closure drive system to detect the closure forces applied to the anvil 2766 by the closure drive system.
  • the one or more sensors 2788 may be sampled in real time during a clamping operation by a processor of the control circuit 2760.
  • the control circuit 2760 receives real-time sample measurements to provide and analyze time-based information and assess, in real time, closure forces applied to the anvil 2766.
  • a current sensor 2786 can be employed to measure the current drawn by the motor 2754.
  • the force required to advance the I-beam 2764 corresponds to the current drawn by the motor 2754.
  • the force is converted to a digital signal and provided to the control circuit 2760.
  • the drive system of the surgical instrument 2750 is configured to drive the displacement member, cutting member, or I-beam 2764, by a brushed DC motor with gearbox and mechanical links to an articulation and/or knife system.
  • Another example is the electric motor 2754 that operates the displacement member and the articulation driver, for example, of an interchangeable shaft assembly.
  • An outside influence is an unmeasured, unpredictable influence of things like tissue, surrounding bodies and friction on the physical system. Such outside influence can be referred to as drag which acts in opposition to the electric motor 2754.
  • the outside influence, such as drag may cause the operation of the physical system to deviate from a desired operation of the physical system.
  • a surgical instrument 2750 comprising an end effector 2752 with motor-driven surgical stapling and cutting implements.
  • a motor 2754 may drive a displacement member distally and proximally along a longitudinal axis of the end effector 2752.
  • the end effector 2752 may comprise a pivotable anvil 2766 and, when configured for use, a cartridge 2768 positioned opposite the anvil 2766.
  • a clinician may grasp tissue between the anvil 2766 and the cartridge 2768, as described herein.
  • the clinician may provide a firing signal, for example by depressing a trigger of the instrument 2750.
  • the motor 2754 may drive the displacement member distally along the longitudinal axis of the end effector 2752 from a proximal stroke begin position to a stroke end position distal of the stroke begin position.
  • an I-beam 2764 with a cutting element positioned at a distal end may cut the tissue between the cartridge 2768 and the anvil 2766.
  • control circuit 2760 may be configured or programmed to control the distal translation of the displacement member, such as the I-beam 2764, for example, based on one or more tissue conditions.
  • the control circuit 2760 may be configured or programmed to sense tissue conditions, such as thickness, flow, impedance, capacitance, light transmissivity, either directly or indirectly, as described herein.
  • the control circuit 2760 may be configured or programmed to select a firing control program based on tissue conditions.
  • a firing control program may describe the distal motion of the displacement member. Different firing control programs may be selected to better treat different tissue conditions. For example, when thicker tissue is present, the control circuit 2760 may be configured or programmed to translate the displacement member at a lower velocity and/or with lower power.
  • control circuit 2760 may be configured or programmed to translate the displacement member at a higher velocity and/or with higher power.
  • U.S. Patent No. 8,622,274 entitled MOTORIZED CUTTING AND FASTENING INSTRUMENT HAVING CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPTIMIZING BATTERY USAGE
  • U.S. Patent No. 10,135,242 entitled SMART CARTRIDGE WAKE UP OPERATION AND DATA RETENTION
  • U.S. Patent No. 10,548,504 entitled OVERLAID MULTI SENSOR RADIO FREQUENCY (RF) ELECTRODE SYSTEM TO MEASURE TISSUE COMPRESSION
  • the system 3000 can include a surgical instrument 3002, which can be similarly configured to the surgical instrument 10000 of FIG. 1 and a computing device 3004.
  • the surgical instrument 3002 of FIG. 1 is connected to the computing device 3002 via a cable, the surgical instrument 3002 can be configured for any form of wired and/or wireless communication with the computing device 3004.
  • the term “computing device” can include any server, personal computer, laptop, tablet, and/or mobile phone, amongst other devices communicably coupled to a display and capable of generating a user interface associated with use of the surgical instrument 3002.
  • the computing device 3004 can be further configured to control the surgical instrument 3002 during the surgical operation.
  • the surgical instrument 3002 is a handheld surgical stapler
  • the present disclosure contemplates other non-limiting aspects wherein the surgical instrument 3002 is robotically configured.
  • the surgical instrument 3002 can be an electrosurgical instrument configured to perform surgical operations via ultrasonic and/or RF energy.
  • the computing device 3004 is a component of a surgical hub in wired and/or in wireless communication with the surgical instrument 3000.
  • Various suitable surgical hubs are disclosed in U.S Patent Application No. 16/209,453, titled METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SMART ENERGY DEVICES, and filed December 4, 2018, which is hereby incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
  • the surgical instrument 3002 can include sensors, such as one or more electrodes 3012 positioned within an end effector 3014 coupled to the distal end of a shaft 3010.
  • sensors such as one or more electrodes 3012 positioned within an end effector 3014 coupled to the distal end of a shaft 3010.
  • other sensors can be utilized to achieve a similar effect.
  • an array of electrodes 3012 can be positioned within the end effector 3014.
  • the array can include 16 electrodes 3012.
  • the electrodes 3012 can be positioned in a segmented configuration, as previously discussed.
  • the electrodes 3012 can be electrically coupled through the inside of a hollow cavity defined by the shaft 3010 such that they can be connected to electronics positioned within a handle portion 3008 of the surgical instrument 3002.
  • the handle portion 3008 can include processing electronics configured to process signals passed by the electrodes 3012.
  • Such electronics can include impedance measuring electronics, which can determine an electrical impedance of media positioned between jaws of the end effector 3014 based on the signals passed by the electrodes 3012.
  • electronics within the handle portion 3008 can transmit signals received from the electrodes 3012 to a connected computing device 3004 for further processing.
  • the surgical instrument 3002 can be used to generate real-time electrical impedance measurements based on signals received from the electrodes 3012. These signals can be processed along with other variables, such as selected inputs, using a model and/or algorithm, which can be used to detect media within the jaws of the end effector 3014 and determine characteristics of said media, such as a location and/or a condition of the media. Accordingly, the system 3000 of FIG. 10 can be used to detect both tissue and foreign objects (e.g., NGtubes, staples, etc.) within the jaws of the end effector 3014. The algorithmic results can be communicated to a display of a communicably coupled computing device 3004.
  • tissue and foreign objects e.g., NGtubes, staples, etc.
  • the system 3000 does not require a computing device 3004 and the display (e.g., an LED screen, etc.) can be integrated into the handle portion 3008 of the surgical instrument 3002.
  • the display can be a component of a console for a robotically assisted device.
  • no display is required by the system 3000 and either the surgical instrument 3002 or the computing device 3004 can be configured to emit an audible notification associated with the algorithmic results.
  • one or more depicted components of the system 3000 of FIG. 10 can include a clock circuit configured to measure passing time. Accordingly, the system 3000 of FIG. 3 can be configured to communicate the algorithmic results and thus, information associated with the detected media within the jaws of the end effector 3014 to an operating clinician.
  • an algorithm which will be described in further detail herein, can be used in conjunction with various surgical instruments, including the instrument 3000 of FIG. 10, or the robotically controlled instrument 5100 of FIG. 3, to detect and/or characterize various media (e.g., tissue, foreign objects, etc.) positioned within the jaws of an end effector in real time.
  • a user interface 3015 displayed by the computing device 3004 of the system 3000 of FIG. 10 is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure.
  • One or more components of the system 3000 can include a memory configured to store the algorithm.
  • the algorithm can be stored within a memory of the computing device 3004.
  • the algorithm can be stored within a memory of the surgical instrument 3002. Regardless, the algorithm can be implemented to generate one or more components of the user interface 3015 of FIG. 11 .
  • the user interface 3015 can include an image of the end effector 3014 of the surgical instrument 3002 (FIG. 10) grabbing a tissue sample 3016 within a patient.
  • the image can be generated via one or more image sensors implemented by the system 3000 (FIG. 10).
  • the image sensor can be mounted on or around the surgical instrument 3002 (FIG. 10).
  • the user interface 3015 can further include a widget 3018 overlaying the image, with a digital representation of the end effector 3020.
  • the digital representation of the end effector 3020 can include a first portion 3022 corresponding to the tissue sample 3016 within the jaws of the end effector 3014, as detected by the electrodes 3012 (FIG. 10).
  • the digital representation of the end effector 3020 can further include a second portion 3024 corresponding to a foreign object within the jaws of the end effector 3014, as detected by the electrodes 3012 (FIG. 10).
  • the widget 3018 can visually communicate the specific composition and/or location of various media positioned within the jaws of the end effector 3014 to an operating clinician. This can enhance the surgical operation because the operating clinician can identify exactly what objects are positioned within the end effector 3014 as well as the specific location of those objects within the end effector 3014.
  • the system 3000 of FIG. 10 can provide in-operative, real-time feedback regarding the location of tissue and/or foreign objects within the jaws of the end effector 14.
  • This feedback can be implemented to prevent inadvertent damage and/or critical errors to surrounding structures during a surgical operation, such as a stapling procedure.
  • Detection algorithms can be light and efficient and thus, suitable for on-board electronics deployment for both handheld and/or robotics surgical platforms.
  • Algorithms can generate the digital representation of the end effector 3020 — including the first and second portions 3022, 3024 — based on media parameters (e.g., impedance) that can be algorithmically determined based on signals received from the electrodes 3012 (FIG. 10) positioned within the end effector 3014.
  • media parameters e.g., impedance
  • the electrodes 3012 (FIG. 10) can be utilized to detect an electrical impedance of the media positioned within the jaws of the end effector 3014, which can vary significantly based on the material composition of the media.
  • the determined electrical impedance can correspond to a particular type of media positioned within the jaws of the end effector 3014, such as different types of tissue, other biological material with varying properties (e.g., blood, blood vessels, veins, etc.), an interaction between a tool and/or tissue, a foreign object (e.g., staples, tubes, etc.), and/or varying clinical environments the end effector is placed in, amongst other forms of media.
  • tissue e.g., blood, blood vessels, veins, etc.
  • a foreign object e.g., staples, tubes, etc.
  • an algorithm can use signals from the electrodes 3012 (FIG. 10) to first detect non-tissue media within the jaws of the end effector 3014, which may correspond to anomalous parameters (e.g., impedances) relative to biologic media positioned within the jaws.
  • anomalous parameters e.g., impedances
  • biologic media e.g., biologic media
  • Media such as air, liquids, and/or foreign objects positioned within the end effector 3014 can result in signals that will result in different algorithmically determined parameters (e.g., impedances) relative to biologic media (e.g., tissue) positioned within the end effector 3014 and thus, such media can be easier to detect and distinguish via a user interface, such as the user interface 3015 of FIG. 11.
  • algorithmically determined parameters e.g., impedances
  • biologic media e.g., tissue
  • a chart 3100 illustrating a parameter (e.g., impedance) measured by the system 3000 of FIG. 10 in time is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure.
  • the chart 3100 can include illustrate how a magnitude of the impedance can vary by location, as illustrated by the x-axis, and time, as illustrated by the y-axis.
  • the location can be determined via the impedance measured based on electrical parameters (e.g., voltage) generated by various groupings of electrodes 3012 (FIG. 10) installed within the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10).
  • Time can be measured via any desired duration, though according to some aspects time can be measured in seconds to promote the real-time capabilities of the system 3000 (FIG. 10) and algorithm.
  • the chart 3100 conceptually illustrates the detection results, including classifications of media detected within the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10), which can be illustrated using different colors and/or patterns to enhance the visual distinction along the x-axis as time elapses, as represented along the y-axis.
  • the chart 3000 of FIG. 12 can represent impedance detected by various groups of electrodes 3012 (FIG. 10) positioned within the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10) in time, which can be used to characterize the composition and location of various media positioned within the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10) as the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10) open and close, clamping down on and compressing said media.
  • an algorithm can be used to detect a first media 3102 positioned between electrode group numbers 0 and 5, a second media 3104 positioned between electrode group numbers 5 and 10, a third media 3106 positioned between electrode group numbers 10 and 20, and a fourth media 3108 positioned beyond electrode group number 20.
  • the algorithm may determine, based on impedance determined based on signals received from the electrodes, that the first media 3102 is a fluid (e.g., blood), the second media 3104 is a foreign object (e.g., a staple, a NGtube, etc.), the third media 3106 is a tissue sample, and the fourth media 3108 is air, meaning the end effectors are open and/or nothing is positioned between the jaws beyond electrode group number 20.
  • the third media 3106 is identifiable as a tissue sample based upon the compression exhibited by the stepped peak of impedance signal detected between electrode group numbers 10 and 20.
  • an impedance signal can include a variety of signal parameters, including a magnitude and/or a phase, amongst others. Moreover, impedance signals and their respective parameters can be measured in the time domain and/or the frequency domain, amongst others.
  • FIG. 13 a logic flow diagram of a method 3200 of detecting and locating media within the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10) of the system 3000 of FIG 10 is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure.
  • the system 3000 can include a control circuit, such as the control circuit 2760 of FIG. 9, and a memory configured to control an algorithm, wherein the algorithm is configured to cause the control circuit to perform the method 3200 of FIG. 13.
  • the control circuit and/or memory can be positioned within the surgical instrument 3002 (FIG. 10).
  • the control circuit and/or memory can be positioned within the computing device 3004 (FIG. 10).
  • the memory can be positioned in a remotely located server (not shown), such as a cloud-based analytics system configured to communicate with various surgical instruments 3002 (FIG. 10) and computing devices 3004 (FIG. 10).
  • FIG. 13 illustrates the main steps of data flow associated with the determination of a parameter (e.g., impedance, etc.), including recordation 3206, processing 3214, and result generation and communication 3219.
  • the algorithm logic will allow the detection and feedback of tissue locations and foreign objects, if present, within the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10), with block-level placeholders for the algorithmic detection of anomalies and foreign objects 3216 and the detection foreign objects 3218, which are described in more detail in reference to FIGS. 14 and 15, respectively.
  • the method 3200 of FIG. 13 is merely illustrative, and the illustrated processes of the method 3200 are non-exclusive. According to other non-limiting aspects, the method 3200 may include more steps or fewer steps than are depicted in FIG. 13.
  • the method 3200 can include commencing 3202 the detection process, including initiating and activating 3204 the sensors (e.g., electrodes 3012 of FIG. 10) to take measurements. If the sensors 3012 (FIG. 10) are not activated for measurements, the sensors 3012 (FIG. 10) should be activated.
  • the method 3200 can further include recording 3206 data associated with the determined parameter (e.g., impedance, etc.) based on signals received from electrodes 3012 (FIG. 10) of the surgical instrument 3002 (FIG. 10) and checking 3208 the signal quality. If the quality exceeds a predetermined margin of error, the system 3000 (FIG.
  • the warning may issue a warning that the sensors have failed or are generating data of insufficient quality.
  • the warning can be a visual alert provided via a display, such as a display coupled to the computing device 3004 (FIG. 10) or embedded within the surgical instrument 3002 (FIG. 10), itself.
  • the warning can be an audible alert provided via the surgical instrument 3002 (FIG. 10) and/or computing device 3004 (FIG. 10).
  • the method 3200 can further include filtering and preprocessing 3212 data streams associated with the surgical instrument 3002 (FIG. 10), and processing 3214 them accordingly using an algorithm.
  • the method 3200 can further include algorithmically detecting 3216 whether there is a foreign object 3218 and/or fluid 3220 within the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10). If either determination is affirmative, the system 3000 (FIG. 10) can issue 3219 a warning to the operating clinician. Once again, the warning can either include a visual and/or audible alert. If not, the method 3200 can include determining 3222 if there is an open circuit at the location, or, determining 3224 if there is tissue at the location.
  • the method 3200 can further include determining 3226 whether the detection methods should be repeated for a subsequent time period and, if the determination is affirmative, the method 3200 can be repeated from the filtering and preprocessing 3212 step. If the algorithm determines that the detection method should not be repeated, the method 3200 can be terminated 3228.
  • the method 3200 can include sensing that is automatically triggered/turned on by users (e.g., surgeons, operating clinicians, etc.) during a procedure, such as a surgical stapling procedure.
  • the method 3200 can include the determination of real-time parameters, such as impedance measurements, based on signals received from sensors, such as each electrode 3012 (FIG. 10) within the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10), which are algorithmically processed to determine an impedance characteristic (or “feature”) of the media positioned within the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10).
  • the impedance feature can be the impedance magnitude at a pre-determined frequency.
  • one or more frequencies can be selected. For example, it may be preferable to use a frequency of approximately 100 kHz.
  • the method 3200 can record and track impedance features over time. Once determined, such impedance features can be used as inputs to the media detection model and/or algorithm.
  • a detection model via built-in algorithmic logic, can differentiate the presence and/or location of various media, such as tissue and non-tissue mediums, positioned within the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10), which will be described in further detail in reference to FIG. 14.
  • Non-tissue media can be air, indicating that the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10) are open.
  • non-tissue media can include liquids (e.g., blood) and/or foreign objects (e.g., staples, NGtubes, etc.).
  • the non-tissue media can be detected via anomalies. The location of media such as tissue can then be detected after non-tissue mediums location are effectively identified.
  • the algorithm can then classify the results, marking it as tissue, air, liquids, and/or foreign objects based on the determined impedances, and the classified results can be visually displayed via the system 3000 (FIG. 10).
  • the method 3200 can include combining detection results from pairs of electrodes 3012 (FIG. 10) (e.g., a driven electrode and corresponding return electrode) of an array of electrodes 3012 (FIG. 10) to provide the location information of the detected tissue and non-tissue media along the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10).
  • some detection results can be selectively displayed in real-time, depending on a particular step of the surgical operation.
  • the system 3000 (FIG. 10) can provide critical and timely feedback to operating clinicians.
  • FIG. 14 a logic flow diagram of the method 3216 of detecting an anomaly as part of the method 3200 of FIG. 13, is depicted in accordance with at least one nonlimiting aspect of the present disclosure.
  • data outputs from the processing 3214 step of the method 3200 of FIG. 13 can be used to perform the anomaly detecting 3216 step of the method 3200 of FIG. 13, which begins by extracting, or algorithmically determining 3232, an impedance signal value at selected frequencies for each electrode 3012 (FIG. 10) of an electrode group positioned within the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10) of the system 3000 of FIG. 10.
  • one or more frequencies can be selected.
  • the determination 3232 can be based on signals received from each electrode 3012 (FIG. 10).
  • the determined impedance signal values can be correlated with a particular time within the time domain, illustrated along the y-axis of the chart 3100 of FIG. 12.
  • the determined parameter can be another characteristic of the media positioned within the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10) and can be determined based on signals received form sensors other than the electrode 3012 (FIG. 10).
  • the method 316 can further include a series of comparisons 3234, 3236, 3238 of the determined impedance value to one or more predetermined thresholds.
  • the method 3216 can include a determination 3234 of whether the determined impedance value is less than a predetermined threshold associated with an open circuit. If the determined impedance value is not less than the predetermined threshold associated with an open circuit, the algorithm can determine that open jaw (air media in jaw) has been detected, and classify the associated electrode 3012 (FIG.
  • the method 3216 can further include a determination 3236 of whether the determined impedance value is greater than a predetermined threshold associated with a fluid. If the determined impedance value is not greater than the predetermined threshold associated with a fluid, the algorithm can determine that fluid has been detected, and classify the associated electrode 3012 (FIG. 10) group as “fluid.” If the determined impedance value is greater than the predetermined threshold associated with a fluid, the method 3016 can proceed to a determination 3218 of whether a foreign object is present within the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10), as illustrated in the method 3200 of FIG. 13.
  • the algorithm determines that no foreign object is present within the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10)
  • the algorithm can determine that tissue is present within the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10) and classify the associated electrode 3012 (FIG. 10) group as “tissue.” If a foreign object is detected within the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10), the method 3016 can proceed to a determination 3240 of whether the foreign object is detected for a predetermined time and for more than two neighboring electrode 3012 (FIG. 10) groups. If the algorithm determines that the foreign object is detected for a predetermined time and for more than two neighboring electrode 3012 (FIG.
  • the algorithm can determine that a foreign object is present within the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10), classify the associated electrode 3012 (FIG. 10) groups as “foreign object,” and record a location within the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10) that is associated with the foreign object. In fact, the algorithmic method 3216 can further record a location within the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10) that is associated with the open classification, the fluids classification, and/or the tissue classification, as well. If the algorithm determines that the foreign object is not detected for a predetermined time and/or that the foreign object is not detected for more than two neighboring electrode 3012 (FIG. 10) groups, the algorithm can determine 3241 that there is noise and/or a nuisance that led to the initial detection 3218 of the foreign object.
  • impedance signal values can be determined at a specific frequency or frequencies.
  • one or more frequencies can be selected.
  • the algorithm and/or models can be particularly configured to require fewer inputs, which can reduce a computational burden, maintain the simplicity and robustness of the method 3200, and therefore, enable the method 3200 to be deployed via real-time, on-board electronics.
  • an algorithm and methods 3200, 3216 of FIGS. 13 and 14 represent a technological improvement over conventional methods of detecting media within the jaws of an end effector, which can require extensive processing requirements that may be prohibitive to on-board deployments.
  • Experimental results such as those generated in the experiment described in reference to the user interface of FIG. 18, exhibit that the algorithmic methods 3200, 3216 of FIGS. 13 and 14 can be more efficient and effective than conventional means of media detection, improve surgical outcomes, and can enhance patient safety relative to conventional means.
  • FIG. 15 a logic flow diagram of the method 3218 of detecting the presence of a foreign object within the jaws of an end effector 3014 (FIG. 10), as part of the methods 3200, 3216 of FIGS. 13 and 14, is depicted in accordance with at least one nonlimiting aspect of the present disclosure.
  • the algorithmic method 3216 of FIG. 14 can detect 3244 and classify air and/or a medium positioned within the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10).
  • the algorithmic method 3216 (FIG. 14) can detect 3244 an open circuit and thus, a significant drop in the impedance value determined between one or more electrode 3012 (FIG. 10) groups.
  • the algorithmic method 3216 can detect 3244 a media that has contacted the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10) based on a magnitude of the determined impedance value.
  • the impedance signals can be determined as a function of frequency and/or multiple frequencies, electrode 3012 (FIG. 10) group, and/or time, depending on user preference and/or intended application.
  • the method 3218 can further include tracking 3246 the determined impedance signals over time and record certain data points of interest. For example, it may be preferable to record a minimum impedance signal value tracked during a period of time.
  • the method 3218 can further include calculating 3248 a ratio of any determined impedance signal value relative to the data points of interest, such as a minimum impedance signal value tracked during a period of time.
  • the method 3218 can further include determining 3250 whether the ratio is greater than a predetermined threshold, such as a predetermined threshold over a predetermined time period. If the algorithm determines that the ratio is not greater than the predetermined threshold, it will continue calculating 3248 ratio in time.
  • the algorithm determines that the ratio is greater than the predetermined threshold, it can determine 3252 that a foreign object (e.g., a staple, a bougie, an NGtube, etc.) is present within the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10).
  • a foreign object e.g., a staple, a bougie, an NGtube, etc.
  • the featured input for the algorithmic method 3218 of foreign object detection can be a calculated ratio of impedance signal at a specific frequency relative to its minimum value marked at jaw-tissue contacting moment.
  • threshold values can be empirically learned.
  • the method 3218 can be deployed to detect foreign objects such as NGtubes, and/or other tube-like objects.
  • other foreign objects can be detected using similar techniques.
  • FIG. 15 are further described in reference to FIG. 17, including a distinct pattern of impedance responses for NGtube and/or a tissue sample positioned within the jaws of an end effector 3012 (FIG. 10). It can be possible to characterize different impedance response patterns associated with different foreign objects of interest. Correspondingly, the algorithmic logic can be altered to detect various foreign objects, while employing substantially a similar functional approach, as illustrated in FIG. 15.
  • FIG. 16 a chart 3300 illustrating example results of the methods 3200, 3216, 3218 of FIGS. 13-15 is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure.
  • different media 3304, 3306 3308, 3310, 3312 can have different determined impedance signals at different frequencies.
  • the chart 3300 of FIG. 16 illustrates impedance signals for blood 3304, lung tissue 3306, peritoneal fluid 3308, saline 3310, and stomach tissue 3312.
  • the chart of FIG. 16 depicts impedance signals taken over a particular frequency range of interest 3302.
  • the frequency range of interest can be approximately between 10 kHz and 150kHz.
  • the chart 3300 of FIG. 16 depicts how a group of fluids 3314 can have lower determined impedance signals relative to other media detected within the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10).
  • non-tissue media including the blood 3304, the peritoneal fluid 3308, and the saline 3310 can be easily differentiable from tissue, such as the lung tissue 3306 and the stomach tissue 3312, as previously discussed.
  • 16 is a bode (e.g., frequency vs magnitude) boxplot that summarizes impedance signal variation of all the data collected from various experiments for tissue and fluids, including pig lung 3306, pig stomach tissue 3312, saline 3310, blood 3304, and peritoneal fluids 3308.
  • tissue and fluids including pig lung 3306, pig stomach tissue 3312, saline 3310, blood 3304, and peritoneal fluids 3308.
  • similar results including the distinguishable difference in impedance signals determined for the fluid 3304, 3308, 3310, would be present for human-oriented implementations.
  • FIGS. 17A-C another chart 3400 illustrating experimental results of the methods of FIGS. 13-15 is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure.
  • FIGS. 17B and 17C illustrate portion of interest of chart 3400 in more detail.
  • the chart 3400 has been annotated to illustrate notable features of the experimental results.
  • the chart 3400 can illustrate various impedance signals determined based on signals received from different electrode 3012 (FIG. 10) groups as time elapses.
  • FIG. 17C specifically, illustrates how patterns of determined impedance responses in time can be quite different for electrode 3012 (FIG.
  • the system 3000 (FIG. 10) and more specifically, the control circuit, can generate an alert that communicates the presence and specific location of the detected foreign object to an operating clinician.
  • the alert can be visually displayed via a user interface, such as the user interface 3015 of FIG. 11 .
  • the alert can be audibly communicated via a speaker positioned within the surgical instrument 3002 (FIG. 10) or the computing device 3004 (FIG. 10).
  • FIG. 18 another user interface 3500 displayed by a computing device 3004 of the system of FIG.
  • the user interface 3500 of FIG. 18 can display image data and a visual representation of the algorithmic results generated during a simulated experiment utilizing the methods 3200, 3216, 3218 of FIGS. 13- 15.
  • the user interface 3500 can include an image portion 3502 and a digital representation 3506 of an end effector.
  • test equipment is simulating the jaws of an end effector.
  • the image can be generated via one or more image sensors implemented by the system 3000 (FIG. 10).
  • the user interface 3500 can further include a widget 3504 overlaying the image portion 3502, with a digital representation of the end effector 3506.
  • the simulated end effector is compressing various media.
  • a distal portion of the simulated end effector has no media beneath it
  • a center portion of the simulated end effector has an NGtube beneath it
  • a proximal end of the simulated end effector has tissue beneath it.
  • one or more electrodes 3012 can be positioned within an end effector 3014 (FIG. 10), or in the case of FIG. 18, the simulated end effector.
  • the widget 3504 and, more specifically, the digital representation of the end effector 3506 can be color coded, wherein each color can associated with a media detected by the algorithmic methods 3200, 3216, 3218 of FIGS.
  • the digital representation of the end effector 3506 includes a longitudinal scale, corresponding to the relative positions within which the electrodes 3012 (FIG. 10) span from a distal end of the end effector to a proximal end of the end effector. Accordingly, the digital representation of the end effector 3506 is segmented into four colored portions, wherein each portion corresponds to media determined by the algorithmic methods, as detected by the electrodes. For example, according to the non-limiting aspect of FIG.
  • the widget 3504 can communicate to an operating clinician that air 3508, tissue 3510, an NGtube 3512, and more tissue 3510 is positioned within the jaws of the simulated end effector, from its distal to its proximal end, in order.
  • foreign objects can include NGtubes, bougies, previous staple lines, and/or additional, non-tissue objects that could obstruct and/or adversely effect the surgical operation.
  • an operating clinician needs to know whether a surgical instrument, such as the surgical instrument 3002 of FIG. 10, has accidentally clamped down upon a foreign object, prior to the firing of said surgical instrument.
  • FIG. 19 another chart 3600 illustrating experimental results of the methods of FIGS. 13-15 is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure.
  • the algorithmic methods 3200 of FIGS. 13-15 have detected stomach tissue 3602 and a foreign object 3604, such as an NGtube, between the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10).
  • a foreign object 3604 such as an NGtube
  • the determined impedance signal associated with the NGtube 3604 increases whereas the determined impedance signal associated with the stomach tissue 3602 remains relative uniform. Accordingly, this pattern can be used by the algorithmic methods 3200, 3216, 3218 of FIGS.
  • a user interface such as the user interface 3500 of FIG. 18, which can communicate to the operating clinician that a foreign object, such as the NGtube 3604, is present between the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10), as well as the precise location of the NGtube 3604 within the jaws.
  • a foreign object such as the NGtube 3604
  • FIG. 20 another chart 3700 illustrating experimental results of the methods of FIGS. 13-15 is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure.
  • the chart 3700 of FIG. 20 illustrates a second identifying pattern which can be used by the algorithmic methods 3200, 3216, 3218 of FIGS. 13-15 to detect media positioned between the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10).
  • the chart 3700 of FIG. 20 depicts a change in impedance phase over time, which produces a pattern that can be used to differentiate foreign objects from tissue.
  • this pattern can be used by the algorithmic methods 3200, 3216, 3218 of FIGS. 13-15 and the system 3000 of FIG. 10 to generate a user interface, such as the user interface 3500 of FIG. 18, which can communicate to the operating clinician that a foreign object, such as the NGtube 3704, is present between the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10), as well as the precise location of the NGtube 3704 within the jaws.
  • a combination of patterns and trends can be collectively implemented to distinguish foreign objects from tissue.
  • FIG. 21 a logic flow diagram of a method 3800 that collectively implements multiple patterns to distinguish detected foreign objects from detected tissue within the jaws of an end effector is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect.
  • the method 3800 can include the collection of impedance input data 3802, feature extraction 3804, and model development 3806. As previously described, the method 3800 can commence via the receipt of signals from sensors, such as electrodes 3012 (FIG. 10) positioned within the jaws of an end effector 3014 (FIG. 10).
  • an algorithm can be configured to determine parameters such as impedance signal and impedance phase in time, as illustrated by the input step 3802 of the method 3800 of FIG. 21. These determined measurements can be used to characterize, or extract features 3804, such as a phase shift in time and/or a change in impedance signal in time. These features, and other data, can also be labeled as part of the feature extraction 3804. Finally, the model can be developed 3806. Model development 3806 can include the use of the determined phase shift or change in impedance signal to distinguish various media within the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10). As such, an output from the method 3800 of FIG. 21 can be used to identify various media, such as foreign objects, within the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10) and thus, used by the system 3000 (FIG. 10) to provide a warning to an operating clinician.
  • parameters such as impedance signal and impedance phase in time, as illustrated by the input step 3802 of the method 3800 of FIG. 21. These
  • the present disclosure contemplates a support vector machine model for classification of tissue location within the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10).
  • a support vector machine model for classification of tissue location within the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10).
  • EIS Electrical Impedance Spectroscopy
  • Machine learning techniques and/or support vector machines can be used to provide such classifications. Such techniques can further assist an operating clinician in visualizing where tissue is located within the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10), to ensure that an entire vessel is fully clamped before performing a surgical operation, such as cutting and/or stapling.
  • FIG. 22 a logic flow diagram of a method 3900 of training an algorithmic model to intelligently classify the location of media within the jaws of an end effector 3014 (FIG. 10) is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect.
  • the method 3900 can include the use of a support vector machine model of classifying tissue located within the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10).
  • the method 3900 can include the collection of impedance input data 3902, data scaling and feature extraction 3904, model training 3906, and outputting the model 3908.
  • the method 3900 can commence via the receipt of signals from sensors, such as electrodes 3012 (FIG.
  • an algorithm can be configured to determine parameters such as impedance signal and impedance phase in time, as illustrated by the input step 3902 of the method 3900 of FIG. 22. These determined measurements can be used to for data scaling and feature extraction 3904, such as scaling a phase shift (e.g., by 1 rad, etc.), scaling an impedance signal (e.g., by 1/100 Kohms, etc.), determining a phase shift in time, and/or determining a change in impedance signal in time.
  • a phase shift e.g., by 1 rad, etc.
  • an impedance signal e.g., by 1/100 Kohms, etc.
  • determining a phase shift in time e.g., by 1/100 Kohms, etc.
  • the impedance phase (“Zphase”) can be scaled between a range of O.OOITT and 2?r radians and the impedance magnitude (“Zmag”) can be scaled between a range of 0.001 and 1 Mohm.
  • the scaling can be performed using a custom scaling function.
  • These features, and other data can also be labeled as part of the feature extraction 3904. Calculations can be performed on the data to extract new features such as change in Z magnitude over time.
  • the scaling and feature extraction 3904 can differ from a corresponding step 3804 of the method 3800 of FIG. 21 in that the data can be labeled with the appropriate tissue type and the input features with their tissue type labels are used to train 3906 a the algorithmic model.
  • the method 3900 can include training 3906 the model via a linear support vector machine algorithm using the open source Scikit Learn Python library.
  • the trained model produces a weight matrix and bias vector that are used for classification of future samples.
  • support vector machine models is one of the most popular supervised learning algorithms, which can be used for classification as well as regression problems.
  • the present disclosure contemplates implementing support vector machine modeling for classification of media within the jaw of an end effector 3014 (FIG. 10) as a means of machine learning and thus, improving the algorithmic performance.
  • the goal of the support vector machine algorithm is to create the best line or decision boundary that can segregate n- dimensional space into classes so that new data points (e.g., impedance measurements) can be properly and efficiently categorized in the future. This best decision boundary can be called a hyperplane.
  • the model training 3906 can choose extreme points/vectors in time that help the algorithmic model create a hyperplane.
  • the linear support vector machine can create a novel weight matrix, which can include weights configured to determine how significant each input feature is for each class.
  • the training 3906 can further create a bias vector, which can be used to calculate classification scores.
  • the model can be output 3908.
  • the output model 3908 can include weight matrix and/or a bias vector, as previously discussed.
  • the training 3906 can be performed using a training dataset and, once trained, the algorithm can classify future samples using only a simple dot product and addition.
  • FIG. 23 a block diagram of a method 4000 of classifying a detected media after an algorithmic model has been trained via the method 3900 of FIG. 22 is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure.
  • the mathematical operations which can be performed algorithmically — to classify a new sample after the model has been trained are illustrated.
  • the weight matrix will be an “m” by “n” matrix, where “m” (# rows) represents the number of classes the model is trained on, and “n” (# columns) represents the number of input features for the model, as extracted 3902 via the method 3900 of FIG 22.
  • the weight matrix can include any number of rows and/or columns as needed.
  • the model can be trained using multiple classes and multiple inputs. According to some non-limiting aspects, there can be four classes (e.g., corresponding to tissue, fluid, air, and/or foreign objects) and four input features (e.g., corresponding to Z mag, Z phase, dZ/dt, and/or dPhase/dt).For example, according to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 23, the model can be trained for two distinct classes, with three input features. Sample X of FIG. 23 illustrates feature data extracted from a new sample (e.g., an impedance measurement determined based on signals received from electrodes 3012 (FIG. 12)), which needs to be classified.
  • a new sample e.g., an impedance measurement determined based on signals received from electrodes 3012 (FIG. 12)
  • the model consults the historical patterns, such as the relationship between determined impedance signal and impedance phase shifting in time for samples at a frequency of interest. Once classified, determined distinctions in classifications can easily be communicated to the operating clinician in accordance with any of the methods and/or means disclosed herein.
  • FIGS. 24A and 24B several charts 4100A, 4100B illustrating a distinction between various media detected within the jaws of an end effector 3014 (FIG. 10), as determined via the method 4000 of FIG. 23 is depicted in accordance with at least one nonlimiting aspect of the present disclosure.
  • the first chart 4100A illustrates a determined distinction between detected tissue and fluids, when impedance signal is considered relative to impedance phase.
  • the model has generated a linear boundary line 4101 between tissue, such as stomach tissue 4106 and lung tissue 4108 and fluid, such as saline 4102 and blood 4104 respectively.
  • the model has established clear distinction between tissue 4106, 4108 and fluids 4102, 4104.
  • the chart 4100B once again illustrates a determined distinction between detected tissue and fluids, when impedance signal is considered relative to impedance phase.
  • the model has generated a linear boundary line 4103 between tissue, such as stomach tissue 4116 and lung tissue 4118 and fluid, such as saline 4110, peri-blood 4112, blood 4114, and peritoneal fluid 4120 respectively.
  • tissue 4116, 4118 and fluids 4110, 4112, 4114, 4120 the algorithm can perform this classification and create the boundary line between datasets is a custom linear support vector machine.
  • FIG. 25 another chart 4200 illustrating a distinction between various media detected within the jaws of an end effector 3014 (FIG. 10), as determined via the method 4000 of FIG. 23 is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure.
  • the phase shift and impedance signal can be scaled via the scaling process 3904 of FIG. 23.
  • the phase shift can be scaled by 1 rad and the impedance signal can be scaled by 1/100 Kohms.
  • the model has generated a boundary line 4201 that distinguishes tissue, such as stomach tissue 4204 from a foreign object, such as an NGtube 4202.
  • the model has also generated support vectors 4203, 4205 which can be used by the model to further determine and refine the boundary line 4201.
  • devices, systems, and methods of data analysis to characterization tissue via electrical impedance spectroscopy are disclosed.
  • surgeons may encounter various situations where information about tissue characteristics and location within a stapler jaw becomes advantageous.
  • the ability to know the type of tissue being fired upon as well as the position of the specimen in the jaw supports the surgeon’s capacity to fire the stapling device effectively.
  • Algorithm development needs feature inputs from data to form meaningful tissue insights from electrical impedance data using minimal computing power, which can promote processing efficiency and improve the computing performance of an intelligent surgical instrument.
  • feature inputs need to be established to identify key patterns within the data.
  • FIGS. 26A and 2B several charts 4300A, 4300B illustrating a distinction a means of characterizing tissue within the jaws of an end effector 3014 (FIG. 10) are depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure.
  • the charts 4300A, 4300B illustrate the use electrical impedance signal and phase shifts, as determined in the time domain via the methods and means disclosed herein, to provide innovative tissue insights.
  • the charts 4300A, 4300B illustrate measured parameters determined in time, as associated with a lung lobe 4302 and a bronchus 4304.
  • 26A illustrates an impedance profile in the time domain of lung lobe 4302 and bronchus 4304 tissue.
  • the chart 4300B of FIG. 26B illustrates an impedance shift in the time domain of lung lobe 4302 and bronchus 4304 tissue.
  • the charts 4300A, 4300B further illustrate how measure values can change as a function of time, and how the time domain can also offer insights into tissue characterization. For example, the measured values may change as the operating clinician closes the jaws of the end effector 3104 (FIG.
  • FIG. 27 a flow chart of a method 4400 of detecting media, locating media, and characterizing media positioned between the jaws of an end effector 3104 (FIG. 10) is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect.
  • the method 4400 of FIG. 27 summarizes the methods and functions performed by the systems and devices described above, and illustrates how powerful the system 3000 (FIG. 10) can be when implemented in a comprehensive way.
  • the foregoing aspects illustrate devices, systems, and methods that, when implemented via the aforementioned surgical instruments, can utilize various signals and signal parameters to generate tissue insights (e.g., tissue locations, foreign body notifications, critical structure notifications, tissue characterizations, etc.). Accordingly, the foregoing aspects illustrate devices, systems, and methods can enable intraoperative instrument-tissue interactions, which can allow an operating clinician to “see the unseen,” thereby augmenting surgical decision making, which can result in a safer, more efficient, and/or more precise surgical operation. However, when implemented via improved surgical instruments, the foregoing devices, systems, and methods can produce even more benefits, as will be discussed in further detail herein.
  • tissue insights e.g., tissue locations, foreign body notifications, critical structure notifications, tissue characterizations, etc.
  • one or more electrodes can be electro-mechanically integrated into the jaws of an end effector, such that the surgical instrument can generate enhanced insights using a variety of methods, which shall include but not limited to electrical impedance spectroscopy (“EIS”).
  • EIS electrical impedance spectroscopy
  • the electrodes can be implemented for alternate means of electrical sensing (e.g., monitoring voltage, current, power, impedance, or any combination of those).
  • the surgical instruments disclosed herein can be particularly configured to process motor load responses, based on programmable conditions (e.g., end effector opening, end effector closing, tissue compression, etc.) that generate tissue responses.
  • the surgical instruments disclosed herein can include various combinations of electrode arrays and multiplexers configured to activate various electrodes in various ways, thereby enabling the electrodes and thus, the surgical instruments to generate the previously disclosed insights. It shall be appreciated that the following aspects can be implemented via a handheld surgical instrument, such as the surgical instrument 10000 of FIG. 1 , or via a robotic surgical instrument, such as the surgical instrument 5100 of FIG. 3.
  • the surgical instruments disclosed herein can include specifically configured electrode arrays, which are integrated into various portions of and end effector, coupled via a particular routing configuration to a system interface located proximal to the end effector and electrode array.
  • the surgical instruments disclosed herein can include electrode arrays with a variety of electrodes of varying numbers (e.g., two, four, six, eight, etc.), geometric configurations (e.g., circular, rectangular, triangular, asymmetric, etc.), materials (e.g., gold, aluminum, titanium, stainless steel, etc.), and locations (e.g., channels, cartridge, anvil).
  • the arrays of electrodes can be used for EIS measurements, which are conveyed via electrical connections that run through the surgical instrument to a connection interface. This connects the stapler to the EIS control electronics.
  • the routing of signals within the external boundary of the stapler could be achieved using a flexible printed circuit board or via a wireless connection.
  • electrodes can be integrated within a channel, a separate consumable, a cartridge, or an anvil of the end effector, amongst other locations.
  • the way signals are routed to an from the electrodes for insight generation can further improve the performance of a surgical instrument.
  • the use and/or position of a multiplexer, or switching integrated circuit can enhance the way the surgical instrument activates and utilizes each electrode of an array.
  • the position of the multiplexer can enhance performance. For example, according to some non-limiting aspects, it might make sense to position the multiplexer in a channel defined by the end effector, elsewhere in the jaws of the end effector, the shaft of the surgical instrument, the handle of the surgical instrument, in a consumable or cartridge configured for placement within the end effector, or within a standalone piece of capital equipment (e.g., an electrosurgical generator).
  • the means by which the electrodes interface (e.g., wired or wireless) with the surgical instrument can further enhance performance.
  • a control circuit configured to process signals from the electrode array and generate insights can be positioned within the surgical instrument, or external to the surgical instrument, and can likewise be configured for wired or wireless interfacing.
  • a portion of a cable can be dedicated to signals associated with power and data communication and can be plugged into the surgical instrument’s proximal end to enable sensing as needed (e.g., plug-n-play functionality).
  • a second portion of the cable can be connected to system capital module (e.g., a surgical hub), which can provide the power, signal generation and/or computational signal processing capabilities.
  • control circuit can be configured to received signals from the electrode array via a wired or wireless interface, regardless of whether the control circuit is onboard or external to the surgical instrument.
  • various surgical instruments can include various degrees of system integration to generate the previously discussed insights as will be discussed in further detail herein.
  • the surgical system 6000 can include a hub 6001 configured to be communicably coupled to one or more modular surgical instruments 6008, 6010, which can be interchangeably connected to the hub 6001.
  • the hub 6001 can be similar to those disclosed in U.S. Patent Application No. 16/562,172 titled PORT PRESENCE DETECTION SYSTEM FOR MODULAR ENERGY SYSTEM, filed on September s, 2019 and published as U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2020/0078113 on March 12, 2020, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by referenced in its entirety.
  • the surgical instruments 6008, 6010 of FIG. 28 are wired to the hub 6001 , according to some non-limiting aspects, the surgical instruments 6008, 6010 can be wirelessly coupled to the hub 6001. Regardless, the hub 6001 can communicate signals and/or commands to the surgical instruments 6008, 6010 and can receive signals and/or feedback from the surgical instruments 6008, 6010.
  • the surgical system 6000 can be compatibly configured for use with a robotic platform 6002 that utilizes a robotic surgical instrument 6008 and/or a handheld platform 6004 that utilizes a handheld surgical instrument 6010, depending on the intended application.
  • the handheld surgical instrument 6010 can be a laparoscopic device; however, according to other non-limiting aspects, the present disclosure contemplates other handheld surgical instruments.
  • the hub 6001 can be positioned within a rack 6016, 6018 that includes various control units (e.g., processors, actuators, generators, etc.) configured to control the communicably coupled surgical instruments 6008, 6010.
  • the robotic platform 6002 in particular, can further include a controller of a robotic surgical system, such as the controller 5000 of FIG. 2.
  • the modular surgical instruments 6008, 6010 of FIG. 28 can each include an end effector 6012, 6014 configured with a first jaw that is movable relative to a second jaw, as previously disclosed.
  • each end effector 6012, 6014 can be particularly configured to perform an intended surgical operation.
  • the end effectors 6012, 6014 can be configured to perform a surgical stapling operation.
  • the end effectors 6012, 6014 can be configured to deliver RF and/or ultrasonic energy in response to a command received from the hub 6001 and/or energy received from a generator positioned in the rack 6016, 6018.
  • the end effector 6002 can be configured for an advanced bipolar surgical operation.
  • the end effector 6002 can be configured for Highly Articulating Tools (“HAT”), such as end effectors configured to articulate in two or more planes.
  • HAT Highly Articulating Tools
  • each end effector 6012, 6014 can include an array of electrodes 6013, 6015 configured to facilitates the generation of enhanced tissue insights using a variety of methods, as will be explained in further detail herein.
  • the surgical instrument 6008 can include an end effector 6012 configured to perform a surgical operation.
  • the end effector 6012 can be configured for use a surgical stapling operation.
  • the end effector 6012 can be configured to deliver RF and/or ultrasonic energy.
  • the end effector 6012 can be configured for an advanced bipolar surgical operation.
  • the end effector 6012 can be configured for HAT.
  • FIGS. 29B and 29C certain end effectors 6012 a , 6012 b and electrode configurations 6013 a , 6013 b that can be coupled to the robotic surgical instrument 6008 of FIG. 29A are depicted in accordance with at least two non-limiting aspects of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 29B illustrates an end effector 6012 a that can include electrodes that traverse a longitudinal axis defined by the end effector 6012 a and protrude from an external wall of the end effector 6012 a .
  • FIG. 29B illustrates an end effector 6012 a that can include electrodes that traverse a longitudinal axis defined by the end effector 6012 a and protrude from an external wall of the end effector 6012 a .
  • electrodes can be defined from a pad that similarly traverses a longitudinal axis defined by the end effector 6012 b , but are flush relative to an external wall of the end effector 6012 a .
  • the electrodes 6013 a , 6013 b can be integrated within the end effectors 6012 a , 6012 b and/or integrated within cartridges configured to be inserted into the end effectors 6012 a , 6012 b .
  • the robotic surgical instrument 6008 can be further configured to generate data associated with the robotic surgical instrument 6008, which can enhance the feedback received from the surgical instrument 6008 and thus, improve the insights generated by a surgical hub and/or control circuit communicably coupled to the surgical instrument 6008, as illustrated and discussed in reference to FIGS. 1-27.
  • the surgical instrument 6008 of FIGS 29A-C can generate data associated with its position, load, and/or motor via one or more internal sensors (e.g., an encoder, torque sensors, controlled motion sensors, etc.) positioned within its housing.
  • This data in conjunction with electrical impedance spectroscopy (“EIS”) data generated by a plurality of electrodes 6013 positioned within the end effector 6012 can be used to inputs to the previously discussed algorithm engines, which can estimate, detect, and/or evaluate key outputs and/or insights regarding the tissue being operated on, the surgical instrument 6008 itself, and/or the operation, generally.
  • EIS electrical impedance spectroscopy
  • Such outputs can provide high clinical values.
  • various combinations of tissue EIS data, position data, load data, and/or motor torque data generated by the surgical instrument 6008 of FIG. 29A-C can be used by the previously discussed algorithm engines to estimate a relative tissue tension, a thickness of the tissue within the jaw, tissue characteristics, and/or the position of a critical structure (e.g., a vessel).
  • FIG. 30 a block diagram 7000 of an algorithmic engine 7002 employed by the surgical instrument 6008 of FIGS. 29A-C is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure.
  • the algorithmic engine 7002 of FIG. 30 is discussed in specific reference to the surgical instrument 6008 of FIGS. 29A-C, it shall be appreciated that the algorithmic engine 7002 of FIG. 3 can be similarly implemented by any of the surgical instruments and/or surgical hubs disclosed herein.
  • the surgical instrument 6008 can generate several signals 7004, 7006, 7008 that can be provided to the algorithmic engine 7002 for processing and/or analysis.
  • FIG. 29A-C can generate signals associated with tissue EIS data 7004, position data 7006, and/or torque/load data 7008 detected by the various sensors and/or electrodes 6013 positioned within the end effector 6012 of the surgical instrument 6008.
  • the algorithm engine 7002 employing the previously discussed methods and techniques, can process these inputs and generate one or more outputs 7010, 7012, 7014, 7016 that could provide the clinician with insights regarding the tissue, surgical instrument 6008, and/or operation being performed.
  • FIG. 31 a handheld surgical instrument 6010 configured for use with the system 6000 of FIG. 28 is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure. Although it is specifically configured for manual operation, the handheld instrument 6010 of FIG.
  • the surgical instrument 6010 can include any of the features and provide similar benefits to those discussed in reference to the robotic surgical instrument 6008 of FIGS. 29A-C.
  • the surgical instrument 6010 can include an end effector 6015 and a handle 6020.
  • the surgical instrument 6010 can further include a shaft 6016 with a proximal portion 6018 and a distal portion 6019.
  • the end effector 6014 can be coupled to the distal portion 6019 of the shaft 6016 via an articulation joint and the shaft 6016 can be coupled to the handle 6020 via a nozzle 6017.
  • the end effector 6014 can include a first jaw movable relative to a second jaw, and can be configured to accommodate a plurality of electrodes 6015.
  • the surgical instrument 6010 of FIG. 31 can also be configured to perform a surgical operation.
  • the end effector 6014 can be configured for use a surgical stapling operation.
  • the end effector 6014 can be configured to deliver RF and/or ultrasonic energy.
  • the end effector 6014 can be configured for an advanced bipolar surgical operation.
  • the end effector 6014 can be configured for HAT.
  • an exemplary electrode array 6015 is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure.
  • the electrode array 6015 of FIG. 32 is depicted as a component of the end effector 6014 of FIG. 31 , it shall be appreciated that the electrode array 6015 of FIG. 32 can be implemented via any of the end effectors employed by any of the surgical instruments disclosed herein.
  • a first jaw of the end effector 6014 of FIG. 31 can define an elongate channel 6021 that traverses a longitudinal axis L of the end effector 6014 (FIG. 31).
  • the channel 6021 can be defined by one or more walls 6025 a , 6025 b that extend along the longitudinal axis L on opposing sides of the longitudinal axis L.
  • the electrode array 6015 of FIG. 32 includes eight pairs of electrodes 6022, 6024, each having a rectangular shape and constructed from titanium.
  • the array 6015 can include electrodes 6022, 6024 of varying numbers, geometries, and/or materials, depending on intended application and/or user preference.
  • certain electrodes 6024 of the array 6015 can be configured different relative to other electrodes 6022.
  • certain electrodes 6024 can be positioned about a cutline 6026 can be configured such that the electrodes 6024 provide an increased resolution at either side of the cutline 6026.
  • the electrode array 6015 can include one or more electrodes 6022, 6024 integrated into the walls 6025 a , 6025 b of the channel 6021 defined by one of the jaws of the end effector 6014 (FIG. 31). Specifically, each electrode 6022, 6024 can be over-mounted, or over-molded onto the walls 6025 a , 6025 b of the channel 6021 . Of course, other means of integration can be employed to a achieve a similar effect. According to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 32, certain electrodes 6024 can be positioned about a cutline 6026 of the end effector 6014 (FIG.
  • tissue insights can be generated by those electrodes 6024, when activated by a multiplexed signals conveyed via a multiplexer (as will discussed in further detail herein), can cut tissue about the cutline 6026.
  • the multiplexed signals and multiplexer can utilize the other electrodes 6022 to generate tissue insights, as previously discussed.
  • FIGS. 33A-C another end effector 6100 configured for use with the surgical instruments disclosed herein is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure.
  • the end effector 6100 of FIGS. 33A-C can include a first jaw 6101 that defines a channel 6102 interspersed between two walls 6103 a , 6103 b of the jaw 6101.
  • an array of electrodes 6104, 6106 can be integrated within each sidewall 6103 a , 6103 b of the jaw 6101.
  • FIG. 33B a sectioned, isometric view of the end effector 6100 of FIG.
  • the end effector 6100 can further include a flexible conductor 6108 capable of carrying multiplexed signals, wherein the flexible conductor 6108 traverses through the jaw 6101.
  • the flexible conductor 6108 can be multiplexed and electrically coupled to the electrodes 6104, 6106 such that the electrodes 6104, 6106 can receive signals from transmitted by and/or through a control circuit positioned within the surgical instrument and/or surgical hub.
  • the flexible conductor 6108 can accomplish this via multiple layers that provide electrical connections to the various electrodes 6104, 6106.
  • the flexible conductor 6108 can be configured as a multiplexer and/or a multiple output generator, as described further below. As such, independent signals can be transmitted to and through each electrode 6104, 6106, such that each electrode 6104, 6106 can serve a different purpose and/or provide a separate function relative to other electrodes 6104, 6106 in the array.
  • tissue under each electrode 6104, 6106 can be treated individually according to the coagulation needs.
  • certain electrodes 6104 of the array can receive signals through the flexible conductor 6108 to generate surgical insights.
  • Other electrodes such as the electrodes 6106 disposed about a cutline 6026 (FIG. 32), can receive signals through the flexible conductor 6108 to cut tissue that is positioned about the cutline 6026 (FIG. 32).
  • Each electrode 6104, 6106 in the array can be communicably coupled to a surgical hub and/or a control circuit and thus, communicably coupled to an energy source, such that the electrodes 6104, 6106 can receive energy via the flexible conductor 6108.
  • the pairs of active electrodes 6104, 6106 on opposite sides of the channel 6102 may be energized by the energy source at the same time.
  • different pairs of segmented electrodes 6104, 6106 can be energized or receive different signals via the flexible conductor 6108.
  • Various electrode pairs 6104, 6106 can be energized by the energy source (or generator) to perform certain surgical operations and other electrode pairs 6104, 6106 can be used to generate tissue insights, using the previously discussed techniques.
  • the flexible conductor 6108 can convey various multiplexed signals and distribute them to the corresponding electrodes 6104, 6106 as desired, under the control of the control circuit, which will be discussed in further detail.
  • the energy source, the multiplexer, and the control circuit can be positioned in the nozzle 6017, the shaft 6016, the handle 6020, a housing of a robotic surgical instrument, and/or within a communicably coupled surgical hub of the surgical system.
  • the multiplexer can be similar to those discussed in U.S. Patent Application No. 13/795,205, titled MOTORIZED SURGICAL CUTTING AND FASTENING INSTRUMENT HAVING HANDLE BASED POWER SOURCE, and filed February 14, 2008, which issued as U.S. Patent No. 9,522,029 on December 20, 2016, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • a means of integrating the electrodes 6104, 6106 into the end effector 6100 is depicted in accordance with at least on non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure.
  • the flexible conductor can be coupled to conductive tracks 3108 a , 3108b that traverse each side of the end effector 3100. Similar to the flexible conductor 3108, each conductive track 3108 a , 3108b can be configured to transmit multiplexed signals to and from the electrodes 3104, 3106.
  • An electrode material 6110, from which the electrodes 6104, 6106 can be formed, can be overmolded with a material from which the sidewalls of 6103 a , 6103b (FIG. 33A) can be constructed.
  • the overmolding can include a multi-step injection molding process where two or more components can be molded over top of one another, thereby resulting in a single, solid piece.
  • other means can be employed to integrate the electrodes 6104, 6106 into the conductive tracks 6108 a , 6108 b and sidewalls of the end effector 6100 (e.g., machining, masking, insert molding, insertion into cavities and adhesion, etc.).
  • FIGS. 33A-C illustrate merely one of the aforementioned integration techniques.
  • the array of electrodes 6104, 6106 can be integrated into the channel 6102
  • the flexible conductor 6108 can be configured such that multiplexing takes place within the end effector 6100, and signals, including data signals and power signals, can be routed through the end effector 6100 via tracks on the flexible conductor 6108.
  • the integrated techniques employed by by the end effector 6100 enable signals to be transmitted through the flexible conductor 6108, to and from the array of electrodes 6104, 6106, and through an articulation joint of the surgical instrument, such as the articulation joint 6112 of FIG. 34A.
  • the articulation joint 6112 can have one or more supports 6114 that a flexible conductor, such as the flexible conductor 6108 of FIGS. 33A-C, can be routed through, thereby facilitating articulation of an end effector, such as the end effector 6100 of FIGS. 33A-C, without interrupting any signals traversing the flexible conductor to and from the end effector.
  • a flexible conductor such as the flexible conductor 6108 of FIGS. 33A-C
  • an end effector such as the end effector 6100 of FIGS. 33A-C
  • FIG. 34B depicts how the flexible conductor 6108 can be further proximally routed after the articulation joint 6112, through a shaft 6116 of the surgical instrument and into a nozzle 6117.
  • 34C depicts the nozzle 6117 of the surgical instrument in further detail, with the flexible conductor 6108 traversing a housing of the nozzle 6117 and electrically coupled to a control circuit 6119 positioned within the nozzle 6117.
  • the control circuit 6119 can be positioned proximal the nozzle 6117, or within a communicably coupled surgical hub.
  • the surgical hub can be remotely positioned relative to the surgical instrument itself. Accordingly, end effectors of surgical instruments — and more specifically, arrays of electrodes — can be effectively coupled to a control circuit proximally positioned in the surgical instrument or a communicably coupled surgical hub.
  • the control circuit can subsequently generate insights (e.g., EIS measurements) using the signals via algorithmic implementation, as previously discussed.
  • the end effector 6200 can include one or more electrodes 6204 mounted on a separate consumable 6206 configured to be inserted within a channel 6202 defined by the sidewalls 6203 a , 6203b of the end effector.
  • the channel 6202 and sidewalls 6203 a , 6203 b can be configured to accommodate the separate consumable 6206.
  • the sidewalls 6203 a , 6203b can include an interior surface composed of a conductive material, such that the conductive material is placed into electrical communication with the electrodes 6204 when the separate consumable is inserted into the channel 6202.
  • the channel can include one or more electrical contacts configured to place the electrodes 6204 into electrical communication with a flexible conductor 6208 capable of carrying multiplexed signals, wherein the flexible conductor 6108 traverses through the channel 6202.
  • array of electrodes 3204 can be attached to a separate consumable 6206 and thus, selectively clipped into the channel 6202.
  • a single end effector 6200 can be configured to accommodate numerous separate consumables 6206, wherein each separate consumable 6206 can include a different array of electrodes 6204 of varying configurations.
  • the separate consumable 6206 can be define a second channel 6212 configured to accommodate a cartridge for the surgical operation (e.g., a staple cartridge, an electrosurgical cartridge, etc.).
  • the electrodes 6204 can receive and send signals via the flexible conductor 6208, which can be used to generate insights per the previously disclosed techniques, regardless of the cartridge type loaded into the end effector 6200.
  • the flexible conductor 6208 can be routed through the end effector 6200 and surgical instrument in a method similar to those described in reference to the end effector 6100 of FIGS. 33A-C and 34.
  • the end effector 6300 can accommodate a cartridge 6306 configured to perform a surgical operation (e.g., a staple cartridge, an electrosurgical cartridge, etc.), and an array of electrodes 6304 can be dispositioned on the cartridge 6306, itself.
  • a surgical operation e.g., a staple cartridge, an electrosurgical cartridge, etc.
  • an array of electrodes 6304 can be dispositioned on the cartridge 6306, itself.
  • the sidewalls 6303 a , 6303b of the end effector 6300 can once again define a channel 6302, and the channel 6302 can be configured to accommodate the cartridge 6306.
  • the end effector can further include a flexible conductor, such as the flexible conductors 6108, 6208 of FIGS.
  • the flexible conductor 6308 can be routed through the end effector 6300 and surgical instrument in a method similar to those described in reference to the end effector 6100 of FIGS. 33A-C and 34.
  • the sidewalls 6303 a , 6303 b can include an interior surface composed of a conductive material, such that the conductive material is placed into electrical communication with the electrodes 6304 when the separate consumable is inserted into the channel 6302, as illustrated in FIG. 36C.
  • the channel can include one or more electrical contacts configured to place the electrodes 6304 into electrical communication with a flexible conductor 6308 capable of carrying multiplexed signals, wherein the flexible conductor 6308 traverses through the channel 6302.
  • FIG. 36D an insertion of the cartridge 6306 into the end effector 3600 is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure.
  • the end effector 6300 can include a conductive element 6312 configured to electrically interface with a corresponding conductive element 6310 on the cartridge 6300.
  • the conductive elements 6310, 6312 can further be configured for multiplexed signal transmission, such that multiplexed signals transmitted through the flexible conductor 6308 of the end effector 6300 can be communicated to and from each electrode 6304 of the array, positioned on the cartridge 6306.
  • the array of electrodes 6304 can be integrated onto cartridge 3606, which can be a consumable.
  • the electrodes 6304 can be electrically integrated within the cartridge 3606 via a multiplexing integrated circuit inside the cartridge and electrical connections between the conductive elements 6310, 6312. Because the cartridge 6306 can include the multiplexing electronics, the interfaces 6310, 6312 between the end effector 6300 and the cartridge 6306 can be simplified.
  • end effectors 6400 a , 6400 b are depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure.
  • the end effector 6400 a can be configured to accommodate a hybrid cartridge 6406 a wherein an array of electrodes 6404 a is positioned on the cartridge 6406 a .
  • Each electrode 6404 a can be configured for electrical communication with a flexible conductor 6408 capable of carrying multiplexed signals, when the cartridge 6406 a is installed within the end effector 6400 a .
  • the flexible conductor 6308 traverses through a channel defined by the end effector 6400 a and can be routed through the end effector 6400 and surgical instrument in a method similar to those described in reference to the end effector 6100 of FIGS. 33A-C and 34.
  • each electrode 6404 b of the array can receive an intended signal from the multiplexed signals traversing the flexible conductor 6408.
  • the array of electrodes 3404 a , 3404 b can be positioned on the cartridge 3406 a , 3406 b , which can be electrically configured with one or more electrical surfaces (e.g., metal plating, metal pieces bent around the sides, vias through the cartridge, etc.) for an intended connection of each electrode 3404 a , 3404 b to an appropriate portion of the flexible conductor 3408. Accordingly, multiplexing takes place in the end effector 3400 but each electrode 3404 a , 3404 b still receives the appropriate signal via the electrical connections.
  • one or more electrical surfaces e.g., metal plating, metal pieces bent around the sides, vias through the cartridge, etc.
  • FIG. 38 another end effector 3500 is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure. Similar to the end effectors 3400 a , 3400 b of FIGS. 37A and 37B, the array of electrodes 3504 can be integrated on the cartridge 3506, itself. Multiplexing, however, can occur either within the cartridge 3506 or end effector 3500 via a flexible conductor 6508 capable of carrying multiplexed signals. Regardless, the end effector 6500 of FIG.
  • a wireless communication module 6514 configured to transmit and receive multiplexed signals to and from a control circuit and/or a surgical hub wirelessly via an infrastructure network (e.g., WiFi®, cellular, etc.) or an ad hoc network (e.g., Bluetooth®, Near Field Communications, RFID, etc.). Accordingly, the wireless communication module 6514 can serve as a communication interface between the end effector 6500 and the surgical hub and/or control circuit, thereby eliminating the need for the routing described in reference to FIGS. 33A-C and 34. It shall be appreciated that a wireless communication module 6514 of FIG. 38 can be similarly applied to any of the surgical instruments and/or end effectors disclosed herein, thereby simplifying — and in some aspects, eliminating — the routing of the flexible conductors disclosed herein.
  • an infrastructure network e.g., WiFi®, cellular, etc.
  • an ad hoc network e.g., Bluetooth®, Near Field Communications, RFID, etc.
  • the end effector 6600 can include a first jaw and a second jaw.
  • the second jaw can be configured as an anvil of the end effector 6600 and a separate consumable 6606 can be configured to be selectively coupled to the second jaw.
  • the separate consumable 6206 FIG. 35
  • the separate consumable 6606 was shown as coupled to a bottom jaw of the end effector 6200 of FIG. 35
  • the separate consumable 6606 can be coupled to the second, or top, jaw 6602 of the end effector 6600 of FIG. 39A.
  • the array of electrodes 6604 can be coupled to the separate consumable 6606 of FIG. 39A and, when coupled to conductive elements on the second jaw 6602, electrically coupled to a flexible conductor 6608.
  • the flexible conductor 6608 can be capable of carrying multiplexed signals, wherein the flexible conductor 6608 traverses through the end effector 6600 and surgical instrument in a method similar to those described in reference to the end effector 6100 of FIGS. 33A-C and 34.
  • the wireless embodiment of FIG. 38 can be employed to transmit signals to and from the array of electrodes 6604.
  • FIG. 39C a method of coupling the separate consumable 6606 to the second jaw 6602 of the end effector 6600 of FIGS. 39A and 39B is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure.
  • an adhesive layer 6610 can be deposited on a top surface of the second jaw 6602 and the separate consumable 6606 can be deposited on top of the adhesive layer 6610.
  • the separate consumable 6606, including its electrodes 6604 can be coupled to the second jaw 6602, as depicted in the cross-sectioned view of FIG. 39D.
  • the electrodes 6604 can be positioned on the underside of a printed circuit board of the separate consumable 6606, such that they can generate signals for
  • the separate consumable 6606 can be alternately coupled to the second jaw 6602, for example, via corresponding geometric components, clips, fasteners, and/or a pressure fit.
  • the flexible circuit 6700 can be a multiple switching integrated circuit (e.g., a multiplexer) that includes one or more switch circuits 6702 positioned on a flexible printed circuit board 6704 for signal switching and control to and from an end effector.
  • the flexible circuit 6700 can be routed through a shaft of the surgical instrument and integrated into the end effector to provide signal selection and control of electrodes at the end-effector.
  • the flexible circuit 6700 can include a portion that is extended through the articulating joint to the end-effector where electrodes are connected. Another side of the flexible circuit 6700 can extend through the shaft to the proximal side of the tool, where signal conditioning and processing electronics can be placed.
  • the switches 6702 can be configured to turn on/off certain electrodes, thereby resulting in different electrode configurations being activated during impedance measurements.
  • the system 6800 can utilize a surgical instrument 6801 , that includes electronics 6802 for switching and buffering signals to and from a control circuit positioned within the surgical instrument 6801.
  • the surgical instrument 6801 can further include an end effector 6804 configured for a surgical operation (e.g. , stapling, sealing, cutting, etc.).
  • An electrode array 6806 can be positioned within the end effector 6804 according to any of the aspects disclosed herein.
  • the electrode array 6806 can include a specifically configured number and arrangement of electrodes (e.g., eight pairs of electrodes, sixteen electrodes in total, etc.).
  • the surgical instrument 6801 can further include electrical connections 6812 routed through the inside of an articulation joint and shaft of the surgical instrument 6801 using any of the flexible conductors and arrangements disclosed herein.
  • a nozzle 6808 of the surgical instrument 6801 can include a control circuit.
  • the nozzle 6808 can be stationary, or further configured to rotate the shaft.
  • the surgical instrument can be further connected to a lab system 6814 or surgical hub configured to display a graphical user interface, which can include a plotting window configured to present the algorithmic insights, as previously described.
  • the system 6800 can be compatible with a plurality of surgical instruments 6816, each configured for use with a plurality of separate consumables and/or cartridges 6818, as disclosed herein. Accordingly, the system 6800 can facilitate the use of numerous, customizable electrode configurations, each capable of performing different surgical operations and generating different insights.
  • the surgical instrument 6900 can include a first cable 6902 input and a second cable input 6904 that enter the nozzle 6906 of the surgical instrument 6900.
  • a control circuit 6908 positioned within the nozzle 6906 can process inputs from both the first cable 6902 and the second cable 6904 into a multiplexed signal that can traverse a flexible conductor routed through the surgical instrument 6900 using any of the methods disclosed herein.
  • each of the configurations 7002, 7004, 7006 can employ various electrode configurations, switching circuitry, signal conditioning circuits, signal generators, signal processing circuits, and/or graphical user interfaces to generate and display the insights disclosed herein.
  • a first configuration 7002 employs an electrode array in the end effector, switching circuitry in the tool shaft, and signal conditioning in the tool stage.
  • the signal generator and processor can be located in a surgical hub, and results can be displayed via a graphical user interface on a separate unit.
  • an electrode array can be included in the end effector, and switching circuitry as well as signal conditioning can occur in the tool shaft.
  • the signal generator and processor can be located in a surgical hub, and results can be displayed via a graphical user interface on a separate unit.
  • an electrode array can be included in the end effector, and switching circuitry as well as signal conditioning can occur in the tool shaft.
  • the signal generator and processor can be located in a surgical hub, and results can be displayed via a graphical user interface on a separate unit.
  • an electrode array can be included in the end effector, switching circuitry can occur in the tool shaft, and as signal conditioning can occur in the tool stage.
  • the signal generator and processor can be located in a surgical instrument, and results can be displayed via a graphical user interface on a separate unit, thereby bypassing the surgical hub altogether.
  • the use of one or more electrodes to generate enhanced insights e.g., tissue locations, foreign body notifications, critical structure notifications, tissue characterizations, etc.
  • EIS tissue characterizations
  • similar devices, systems, and methods can be employed to expand those insights to include the identification of a particular contact and/or a particular timing of contact between the jaws of an end effector and a particular media positioned within those jaws.
  • certain insights can be used to identify a particular contact of interest between the jaws of an end effector and a media positioned within the jaws of the end effector, which can be used as a point of reference from which other measurements can be taken.
  • such aspects can include the detection of an initial contact with a tissue, which can be subsequently used as a timing mechanism to trigger other sensors that take tissue thickness and/or jaw displacement measurements, as will be disclosed in further detail herein.
  • Such applications of the aforementioned devices, systems, and methods can be particularly useful as sensing technologies are developed to measure tissue thickness and/or jaw displacement on surgical instruments.
  • these enhancements can make it difficult to discern exactly when the required measurements should be taken, as it can be difficult to visually identify when initial contact is made with a tissue sample. In other words, it can be difficult to determine when a sensor begins contacting the tissue while it is simultaneously sensing tissue thickness and/or end effector displacement.
  • FIG. 44 a logic flow diagram of a method 4400 of identifying a particular contact between the jaws of an end effector and a media positioned within the jaws of the end effector is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure.
  • the method 4400 of FIG. 44 utilizes the aforementioned sensing techniques (e.g., electrical impedance sensing techniques, etc.) to enable a sensor — such as a tissue-thickness detecting sensor — to be used as a timing mechanism by which the surgical instrument, or a system communicably coupled to the surgical instrument, knows when to begin taking measurements.
  • a sensor such as a tissue-thickness detecting sensor
  • the aforementioned sensing techniques were discussed in reference to detecting a particular media’s location within the jaws of an end effector.
  • similar techniques are employed to establish a particular time of contact, such as the identification of when an initial tissue contact is made. Accordingly, the method 4400 of FIG. 44 can enable baseline measurements to be taken immediately when tissue contact is initiated, such that changes in one or more sensed parameters can be tracked over time from the initial point of contact.
  • the method 4400 can be specifically employed to perform RF impedance-based sensing to identify an initial point of tissue contact.
  • the identified point of tissue contact can be used as a point of reference for the purposes of timing when other measurements should be taken.
  • the method 4400 can include detecting 4402 a particular contact between the jaws of an end effector and a media positioned within the jaws of the end effector based on the aforementioned sensing techniques.
  • an initial tissue contact can be detected 4402 via the aforementioned RF impedance sensing techniques. It shall be appreciated that the detection 4402 step of the method 4400 of FIG. 44 can be performed via any of the aforementioned methods, including those discussed in reference to FIGS. 6 and 13-15.
  • the method 4400 can further include initiating 4404 a sensing-based characterization process based on the detection 4402 of the particular contact between the jaws of an end effector and a media positioned within the jaws of the end effector.
  • a tissuethickness sensing method can be initiated 4404 based on the detected 4402 initial contact between the jaws of the end effector and the tissue.
  • the initiated 4404 characterization can include any other sensing functions of any other sensors.
  • the method 4400 can further include determining 4406 a tissue characteristic based on sensing method.
  • the method 4400 can further include determining 4406 a tissue thickness based on thickness sensing method. If the characteristic cannot be determined, the method 4400 can further include continually taking 4408 measurements and comparing the results to an initial baseline. However, if the characteristic can be determined, the method 4400 can further include outputting 4410 the determined characteristic.
  • the determined characteristic can be output to a communicably coupled computing device, such as a surgical hub connected to the surgical instrument.
  • the determined characteristic can be output to an onboard display of the surgical instrument, a cloud-computing device, and/or a mobile computing device of the technician, amongst other communicably coupled computing devices.
  • information gained from the aforementioned sensing techniques performed by a first surgical instrument can be alternately applied to a second surgical instrument, illustrating the possibilities of a connected operating room environment.
  • the present disclosure contemplates non-limiting aspects wherein information from previous firings of different devices could then be used to inform the firing of a second device, regardless of whether the second device is configured to perform the aforementioned sensing techniques.
  • a fully “smart instrument ecosystem” may require sensors and communication modules installed within each instrument, such systems could result in inefficiencies and might drive costs beyond a point of acceptability where multiple surgical instruments are used in single procedure. Accordingly, it would be extremely beneficial if the aforementioned sensing techniques could be performed by a first surgical instrument and alternately applied to a second surgical instrument.
  • information gained from the sensing capabilities of a first surgical instrument can be leveraged to inform the firing of one or more separate surgical instruments used during a procedure. This can be accomplished via algorithmic control of the firing sequence of a second device and/or the display of information to the surgeon.
  • the aforementioned sensing techniques can enable an operating clinician to benefit from their use of an entire range of surgical instrument, so long as at least one instrument is configured to generate insights, as previously disclosed.
  • on-screen prompts via a display system could enable the sensed parameters from the first device (e.g., a smart instrument) to inform onscreen recommendations based on the anticipated next step and additional surgical instruments to be used in the procedure, regardless of whether or not those additional instruments are “smart.”
  • the first device e.g., a smart instrument
  • onscreen recommendations based on the anticipated next step and additional surgical instruments to be used in the procedure, regardless of whether or not those additional instruments are “smart.”
  • the method 4500 can include sensing 4502, via a first surgical instrument, a tissue parameter via the aforementioned sensing techniques.
  • the sensing 4502 step of the method 4500 of FIG. 45 can be performed via any of the aforementioned methods, including those discussed in reference to FIGS. 6 and 13-15.
  • the method 4500 can further include communicating 4504 the sensed parameter to a computing device, such as a central hub, communicably coupled to the first surgical instrument.
  • the method 4500 of FIG. 45 can further include determining 4506 if a second surgical instrument is required by the surgical procedure and whether or not the second surgical instrument is a “smart” instrument, meaning the second instrument is connected and able to receive inputs to inform its operation. Assuming the second surgical instrument is not a “smart” instrument, the method 4500 can further include anticipating 4510 a use of the second instrument based on procedure steps and informing 4512 an operation of the second instrument based on the parameter sensed by the first surgical instrument, and terminating 4518 the process.
  • the hub itself can provide useful information for the operation of the second surgical instrument that are derived from the parameter sensed by the first surgical instrument via a display, such as a heads-up display, for example. Even though the insights generated by the first surgical instrument cannot be directly implemented via the second surgical instrument, they can be presented to the operating clinician to inform the operation.
  • the method 4500 of FIG. 45 can include transmitting 4514 the parameter sensed by the first instrument to the second instrument and performing 4516 the aforementioned sensing techniques via the second instrument.
  • the parameter sensed by the first instrument can be used to supplement or otherwise autonomously influence 4516 operation of the second surgical instrument.
  • the transmission 4514 can include some or all of the insights generated by the first surgical instrument and can inform firing, sensing, or other device functions performed by the second surgical instrument.
  • the second surgical instrument can autonomously influence its own operation based on algorithmic inputs provided by the first surgical instrument, without intervention from the operating clinician.
  • the method 4500 can include terminating 4518 the process.
  • the method 4500 of FIG. 45 can be especially valuable if the sensed parameters from the first instrument can be used as inputs to algorithms used for sensing on the second instrument, because the method 4500 can enable the second instrument to have relevant data that it may not have been able to otherwise collect.
  • only the first surgical instrument need to be configured to sense and generate insights, as previously described, but other devices — including both connected and disconnected device, alike — can benefit from those insights.
  • a “smart instrument ecosystem” can be both effectively and efficiently achieved via the devices, systems, and methods disclosed herein.
  • the procedure 4600 can include a colectomy, wherein the first surgical instrument includes an endocutter, for example, and the second surgical instrument includes a circular stapler, for example.
  • FIG. 46 is merely illustrative of the method 4500 of FIG. 45 and, according to other non-limiting aspects, the procedure can include any number of surgical operations performed by any number of surgical instruments.
  • the procedure 4600 of FIG. 46 can include sensing 4602 a tissue thickness and disease state via the aforementioned sensing techniques performed by the endocutter.
  • the sensing 4602 step can be performed via any of the aforementioned methods, including those discussed in reference to FIGS. 6 and 13-15.
  • the procedure can further include communicating 4604 the sensed tissue thickness and disease state to a communicably coupled computing device, such as a central hub. Having communicated 4604 the sensed parameter, the procedure 4600 can further include determining 4606 that the circular stapler is required by the colectomy and whether or not the circular stapler is a “smart” instrument.
  • the procedure 4600 can further include anticipating 4610 a use of the circular stapler based on procedure 4600 steps and informing 4612 an operation of the circular stapler based on the parameter sensed by the first surgical instrument and terminating 4618 the process.
  • informing 4612 the operation of the circular stapler can include displaying insights generated by the endocutter to the operating clinician to inform the operation.
  • the procedure 4600 of FIG. 46 can include transmitting 4614 the tissue thickness and disease state to the circular stapler for implementation, which can include slowing 4616 the rate of fire and/or limiting a force to fire based on the thickness and disease state.
  • the circular stapler can employ algorithmic intelligence to determine that less speed and/or force to fire may be necessary to cut the diseased tissue.
  • the circular stapler can influence its operation without intervention from the operating clinician.
  • the method 4500 can include terminating 4518 the process.
  • the method 4500 of FIG. 45 can be especially valuable if the sensed parameters from the first instrument can be used as inputs to algorithms used for operating the second instrument, because the method 4500 can enable the second instrument to have relevant data that it may not have been otherwise able to collect.
  • an endocutter may be used to cut out a portion of the colon, and then a circular stapler could be used for end to end anastomosis.
  • a communicably coupled computing device such as a central surgical hub, could interpret the insights generated by the endocutter in conjunction with inferred surgical procedure steps to make recommendations for something such as a staple cartridge selection for the circular stapler.
  • the circular stapler is a “smart” device, it could utilize the insights generated by the endocutter as algorithmic inputs to autonomouslyu influence and/or improve operation of the circular stapler, as previously described.
  • An aspect of the end-effector or surgical instrument may include any one or more than one, and any combination of, the examples described below:
  • Example 1 A surgical instrument, including: an end effector including jaws configured to transition between an opened condition and a closed condition; a plurality of electrodes positioned within the jaws of the end effector, wherein each electrode of the plurality of electrodes is positioned along a longitudinal axis defined by the end effector; a control circuit and a memory configured to store an algorithm configured to cause the control circuit to: receive signals from the plurality of electrodes; determine an impedance signal based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; detect a media positioned between the jaws of the end effector based on the determined impedance signal; determine a position of the detected media along the longitudinal axis based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; and generate an alert associated with the detected media and the determined position.
  • Example 2 The surgical instrument of Example 1 , wherein the alert includes a digital representation of the end effector, the detected media, and the determined position, and wherein the algorithm is further configured to cause the control circuit to initiate a transmission of the digital representation to a display for visual review by the operating clinician.
  • Example 3 The surgical instrument of any one of Examples 1-2, wherein the alert includes an audible alert, and wherein the algorithm is further configured to cause the control circuit to cause a speaker communicably coupled to the control circuit for audible transmission to the operating clinician.
  • Example 4 The surgical instrument of any one of Examples 1-3, wherein the algorithm is further configured to cause the control circuit to: determine a second impedance signal based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; detect a second media positioned between the jaws of the end effector based on the determined second impedance signal; determine a second position of the detected second media along the longitudinal axis based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; and wherein the alert is also associated with the detected second media and the determined second position.
  • Example 5 The surgical instrument of any one of Examples 1-4, wherein the algorithm includes a linear support vector machine configured to distinguish the media from the second media based on the determined impedance signal and the determined second impedance signal.
  • Example 6 The surgical instrument of any one of Examples 1-5, wherein the algorithm detected media includes a tissue sample, and wherein the detected second media includes a foreign object.
  • Example 7 The surgical instrument of any one of Examples 1-6, wherein the algorithm is further configured to cause the control circuit to characterize the detected media based on the determined impedance signal.
  • Example 8 The surgical instrument of any one of Examples 1-7, wherein the impedance signal comprises an impedance magnitude.
  • Example 9 The surgical instrument of any one of Examples 1-8, wherein the impedance signal comprises a phase.
  • Example 10 The surgical instrument of any one of Examples 1-9, wherein the algorithm is further configured to cause the control circuit to determine a change in the impedance signal across the time domain.
  • Example 11 The surgical instrument of any one of Examples 1 -10, wherein the algorithm is further configured to cause the control circuit to determine a change in the impedance signal across the frequency domain.
  • a surgical system including a surgical instrument including an end effector including jaws configured to transition between an opened condition and a closed condition, and a plurality of electrodes positioned within the jaws of the end effector, wherein each electrode of the plurality of electrodes is positioned about a longitudinal axis defined by the end effector, and a computer system communicably coupled to the surgical instrument, wherein the computer system includes a control circuit and a memory configured to store an algorithm configured to cause the control circuit to receive signals from the plurality of electrodes, determine an impedance signal based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes, detect a media positioned between the jaws of the end effector based on the determined impedance signal, determine a position of the detected media along the longitudinal axis based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes, and generate an alert associated with the detected media and the determined position.
  • Example 13 The surgical system according to Example 12, wherein the algorithm is further configured to cause the control circuit to determine a second impedance signal based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes, detect a second media positioned between the jaws of the end effector based on the determined second impedance signal, and determine a second position of the detected second media along the longitudinal axis based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes, and wherein the alert is also associated with the detected second media and the determined second position.
  • Example 14 The surgical system according to Example 12 or 13, wherein the algorithm detected media includes a tissue sample, and wherein the detected second media includes a foreign object.
  • Example 15 The surgical system according to any of Examples 12-14, wherein the algorithm is further configured to cause the control circuit to characterize the detected media based on the determined impedance signal.
  • Example 16 A method of characterizing media positioned between jaws of an end effector of a surgical instrument, the method including receiving, via a control circuit of the surgical instrument, signals from a plurality of electrodes positioned within the jaws of the end effector, determining, via the control circuit, an impedance signal based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes, detecting, via the control circuit, the media positioned between the jaws of the end effector based on the determined impedance signal, determining, via the control circuit, a position of the detected media along a longitudinal axis defined by the end effector based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes, generating, via the control circuit, an alert associated with the detected media and the determined position, and characterizing, via the control circuit, the detected media based on the determined impedance signal.
  • Example 17 The method according to Example 16, further including determining, via the control circuit, a second impedance signal based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes, detecting, via the control circuit, a second media positioned between the jaws of the end effector based on the determined second impedance signal, and determining, via the control circuit, a second position of the detected second media along the longitudinal axis based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes, and wherein the alert is also associated with the detected second media and the determined second position.
  • Example 18 The method according to Example 16 or 17, further including distinguishing, via the control circuit, the media from the second media based on the determined impedance signal and the determined second impedance signal in accordance with a linear support vector machine.
  • Example 19 The method according to any of Examples 16-18, The method of claim 16, wherein generating the alert includes generating, via the control circuit, a digital representation of the end effector, the detected media, and the determined position, and initiating, via the control circuit, a transmission of the digital representation to a display for visual review by an operating clinician.
  • Example 20 The method according to any of Examples 16-19, The method of claim 16, wherein the alert includes an audible alert, and wherein the method further includes causing, via the control circuit, a speaker communicably coupled to the control circuit to play the audible alert.
  • Example 21 The method according to any of Examples 16-19, The method of claim 16, wherein the alert includes an audible alert, and wherein the method further includes causing, via the control circuit, a speaker communicably coupled to the control circuit to play the audible alert.
  • a surgical instrument including: an end effector including a first jaw and a second jaw, wherein the first jaw is movably configured relative to the second jaw between an opened condition and a closed condition; a plurality of electrodes positioned within the jaws of the end effector, wherein each electrode of the plurality of electrodes is positioned about a longitudinal axis defined by the end effector; a flexible circuit including a conductive track configured for multiplexed transmission of a plurality of signals to and from the end effector a control circuit communicably coupled to the plurality of electrodes via the flexible conductor and a memory configured to store an algorithm configured to cause the control circuit to: receive signals from the plurality of electrodes; determine an impedance signal based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; detect a media positioned between the jaws of the end effector based on the determined impedance signal; determine a position of the detected media along the longitudinal axis based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; and generate an alert associated with the detected media and the
  • Example 22 The surgical instrument of Example 21 , wherein the end effector defines a channel extending along the longitudinal axis, and wherein the plurality of electrodes are mechanically coupled to the channel.
  • Example 23 The surgical instrument of any one of Examples 21-22, wherein the plurality of signals includes a signal configured to power a surgical operation and a signal to be transmitted between a first electrode of the plurality of electrodes and second electrode of the plurality of electrodes.
  • Example 24 The surgical instrument of any one of Examples 21-23, further including a first consumable cartridge configured for use during a surgical operation of the surgical instrument.
  • Example 25 The surgical instrument of any one of Examples 21-24, wherein the first jaw is configured to mechanically accommodate the first consumable cartridge, wherein the plurality of electrodes are mechanically coupled to the first consumable cartridge, and wherein the first jaw includes a first electrical contact configured to communicably couple the control circuit to the plurality of electrodes.
  • Example 26 The surgical instrument of any one of Examples 21-25, wherein the first electrical contact is one of a plurality of electrical contacts, wherein each electrical contact of the plurality corresponds to an electrode of the plurality of electrodes.
  • Example 27 The surgical instrument of any one of Examples 21-26, further including a second consumable cartridge configured to be mechanically coupled to the first jaw, wherein the plurality of electrodes are mechanically coupled to the second consumable cartridge, and wherein the first jaw includes an electrical contact configured to communicably couple the control circuit to the plurality of electrodes.
  • Example 28 The surgical instrument of any one of Examples 21-27, wherein the first jaw is configured to mechanically accommodate the second consumable cartridge, and wherein the second consumable cartridge is configured to mechanically accommodate the first consumable cartridge.
  • Example 29 The surgical instrument of any one of Examples 21-28, wherein the second consumable cartridge is configured to mechanically accommodate the first jaw.
  • Example 30 The surgical instrument of any one of Examples 21-29, wherein the first jaw is an anvil of the end effector.
  • Example 31 The surgical instrument of any one of Examples 21-30, wherein the first jaw is an anvil of the end effector, and wherein the plurality of electrodes are integrated into the anvil of the end effector.
  • Example 32 The surgical instrument of any one of Examples 21-31 , further including a wireless communication module configured to communicably couple the plurality of electrodes to the control circuit.
  • Example 33 A surgical instrument, including: an end effector including a first jaw and a second jaw, wherein the first jaw is movably configured relative to the second jaw between an opened condition and a closed condition, and wherein the end effector defines a channel extending along a longitudinal axis; a plurality of electrodes mechanically coupled to the channel defined by the end effector, wherein each electrode of the plurality of electrodes is positioned about the longitudinal axis; a flexible circuit including a conductive track configured for multiplexed transmission of a plurality of signals to and from the end effector; and a control circuit communicably coupled to the plurality of electrodes via the flexible conductor and a memory configured to store an algorithm configured to cause the control circuit to: receive signals from the plurality of electrodes; determine an impedance signal based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; detect a media positioned between the jaws of the end effector based on the determined impedance signal; determine a position of the detected media along the longitudinal axis
  • Example 34 A surgical instrument, including: an end effector including a first jaw and a second jaw, wherein the first jaw is movably configured relative to the second jaw between an opened condition and a closed condition, wherein the end effector defines a channel; a first consumable cartridge including a first plurality of electrodes positioned about a longitudinal axis defined by the end effector, and wherein the first consumable cartridge defines a cavity configured to accommodate a second consumable cartridge configured to perform a surgical operation; a flexible circuit including a conductive track configured for multiplexed transmission of a plurality of signals to and from the end effector; and a control circuit communicably coupled to the plurality of electrodes and a memory configured to store an algorithm configured to cause the control circuit to: receive signals from the plurality of electrodes; determine an impedance signal based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; detect a media positioned between the jaws of the end effector based on the determined impedance signal; determine a position of the detected media along the longitudinal
  • Example 35 The surgical instrument of Example 34, wherein the first consumable cartridge is configured to be inserted within the channel defined by the end effector.
  • Example 36 The surgical instrument of either of Examples 33 or 34, wherein the first consumable cartridge is configured to be mechanically coupled to an exterior surface of the first jaw of the end effector.
  • Example 37 The surgical instrument of any of Examples 34-36, further including a third consumable cartridge configured to be inserted into the channel defined by the end effector, wherein the third consumable cartridge defines a cavity configured to accommodate the second consumable cartridge, wherein the third consumable cartridge includes a second plurality of electrodes positioned about a longitudinal axis defined by the end effector, wherein the first plurality of electrodes is arranged in a different configuration than the first plurality of electrodes, and wherein the first consumable cartridge is interchangeable with the third consumable cartridge.
  • Example 38 The surgical instrument of any of Examples 34-37, further including a wireless communication module, wherein the control circuit is communicably coupled to the plurality of electrodes via the wireless communication module.
  • Example 39 The systems disclosed herein.
  • Example 40 The apparatuses disclosed herein.
  • Example 41 The methods disclosed herein.
  • Instructions used to program logic to perform various disclosed aspects can be stored within a memory in the system, such as dynamic random access memory (DRAM), cache, flash memory, or other storage. Furthermore, the instructions can be distributed via a network or by way of other computer readable media.
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • cache cache
  • flash memory or other storage.
  • the instructions can be distributed via a network or by way of other computer readable media.
  • a machine-readable medium may include any mechanism for storing or transmitting information in a form readable by a machine (e.g., a computer), but is not limited to, floppy diskettes, optical disks, compact disc, read-only memory (CD-ROMs), and magneto-optical disks, read-only memory (ROMs), random access memory (RAM), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), magnetic or optical cards, flash memory, or a tangible, machine-readable storage used in the transmission of information over the Internet via electrical, optical, acoustical or other forms of propagated signals (e.g., carrier waves, infrared signals, digital signals, etc.).
  • the non-transitory computer-readable medium includes any type of tangible machine-readable medium suitable for storing or transmitting electronic instructions or information in a form readable by a machine (e.g., a computer).
  • control circuit may refer to, for example, hardwired circuitry, programmable circuitry (e.g., a computer processor including one or more individual instruction processing cores, processing unit, processor, microcontroller, microcontroller unit, controller, digital signal processor (DSP), programmable logic device (PLD), programmable logic array (PLA), or field programmable gate array (FPGA)), state machine circuitry, firmware that stores instructions executed by programmable circuitry, and any combination thereof.
  • programmable circuitry e.g., a computer processor including one or more individual instruction processing cores, processing unit, processor, microcontroller, microcontroller unit, controller, digital signal processor (DSP), programmable logic device (PLD), programmable logic array (PLA), or field programmable gate array (FPGA)
  • state machine circuitry firmware that stores instructions executed by programmable circuitry, and any combination thereof.
  • the control circuit may, collectively or individually, be embodied as circuitry that forms part of a larger system, for example, an integrated circuit (IC), an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a system on-chip (SoC), desktop computers, laptop computers, tablet computers, servers, smart phones, etc.
  • IC integrated circuit
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • SoC system on-chip
  • control circuit includes, but is not limited to, electrical circuitry having at least one discrete electrical circuit, electrical circuitry having at least one integrated circuit, electrical circuitry having at least one application specific integrated circuit, electrical circuitry forming a general purpose computing device configured by a computer program (e.g., a general purpose computer configured by a computer program which at least partially carries out processes and/or devices described herein, or a microprocessor configured by a computer program which at least partially carries out processes and/or devices described herein), electrical circuitry forming a memory device (e.g., forms of random access memory), and/or electrical circuitry forming a communications device (e.g., a modem, communications switch, or optical-electrical equipment).
  • a computer program e.g., a general purpose computer configured by a computer program which at least partially carries out processes and/or devices described herein, or a microprocessor configured by a computer program which at least partially carries out processes and/or devices described herein
  • electrical circuitry forming a memory device
  • logic may refer to an app, software, firmware and/or circuitry configured to perform any of the aforementioned operations.
  • Software may be embodied as a software package, code, instructions, instruction sets and/or data recorded on non-transitory computer readable storage medium.
  • Firmware may be embodied as code, instructions or instruction sets and/or data that are hard-coded (e.g., nonvolatile) in memory devices.
  • the terms “component,” “system,” “module” and the like can refer to a computer-related entity, either hardware, a combination of hardware and software, software, or software in execution.
  • an “algorithm” refers to a self-consistent sequence of steps leading to a desired result, where a “step” refers to a manipulation of physical quantities and/or logic states which may, though need not necessarily, take the form of electrical or magnetic signals capable of being stored, transferred, combined, compared, and otherwise manipulated. It is common usage to refer to these signals as bits, values, elements, symbols, characters, terms, numbers, or the like. These and similar terms may be associated with the appropriate physical quantities and are merely convenient labels applied to these quantities and/or states.
  • a network may include a packet switched network.
  • the communication devices may be capable of communicating with each other using a selected packet switched network communications protocol.
  • One example communications protocol may include an Ethernet communications protocol which may be capable permitting communication using a Transmission Control Protocol/lnternet Protocol (TCP/IP).
  • TCP/IP Transmission Control Protocol/lnternet Protocol
  • the Ethernet protocol may comply or be compatible with the Ethernet standard published by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) titled “IEEE 802.3 Standard”, published in December, 2008 and/or later versions of this standard.
  • the communication devices may be capable of communicating with each other using an X.25 communications protocol.
  • the X.25 communications protocol may comply or be compatible with a standard promulgated by the International Telecommunication Union-Telecommunication Standardization Sector (ITU-T).
  • the communication devices may be capable of communicating with each other using a frame relay communications protocol.
  • the frame relay communications protocol may comply or be compatible with a standard promulgated by Consultative Committee for International Circuit and Telephone (CCITT) and/or the American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
  • the transceivers may be capable of communicating with each other using an Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) communications protocol.
  • ATM Asynchronous Transfer Mode
  • the ATM communications protocol may comply or be compatible with an ATM standard published by the ATM Forum titled “ATM-MPLS Network Interworking 2.0” published August 2001 , and/or later versions of this standard.
  • ATM-MPLS Network Interworking 2.0 published August 2001
  • One or more components may be referred to herein as “configured to,” “configurable to,” “operable/operative to,” “adapted/adaptable,” “able to,” “conformable/conformed to,” etc.
  • “configured to” can generally encompass active-state components and/or inactive-state components and/or standby-state components, unless context requires otherwise.
  • proximal and distal are used herein with reference to a clinician manipulating the handle portion of the surgical instrument.
  • proximal refers to the portion closest to the clinician and the term “distal” refers to the portion located away from the clinician.
  • distal refers to the portion located away from the clinician.
  • spatial terms such as “vertical”, “horizontal”, “up”, and “down” may be used herein with respect to the drawings.
  • surgical instruments are used in many orientations and positions, and these terms are not intended to be limiting and/or absolute.
  • any reference to “one aspect,” “an aspect,” “an exemplification,” “one exemplification,” and the like means that a particular feature, structure, or characteristic described in connection with the aspect is included in at least one aspect.
  • appearances of the phrases “in one aspect,” “in an aspect,” “in an exemplification,” and “in one exemplification” in various places throughout the specification are not necessarily all referring to the same aspect.
  • the particular features, structures or characteristics may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more aspects.

Abstract

A surgical instrument is disclosed herein. The surgical instrument can include an end effector that includes jaws configured to transition between an opened condition and a closed condition, a plurality of electrodes positioned within the jaws of the end effector, a control circuit, and a memory configured to store an algorithm configured to cause the control circuit to determine an impedance signal based on signals received from the plurality of electrodes, detect a media positioned between the jaws of the end effector based on the determined impedance signal, determine a position of the detected media based on the received signals, and generate an alert associated with the detected media and the determined position.

Description

DEVICES, SYSTEMS, AND METHODS FOR DETECTING TISSUE AND FOREIGN OBJECTS DURING A SURGICAL OPERATION
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application claims the benefit of priority under 35 U.S.C. § 119(e) to U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/274,207, titled DEVICES, SYSTEMS, AND METHODS FOR DETECTING TISSUE AND FOREIGN OBJECTS DURING A SURGICAL OPERATION, filed on November 1 , 2021 , and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/330,502 titled DEVICES, SYSTEMS, AND METHODS FOR DETECTING TISSUE AND FOREIGN OBJECTS DURING A SURGICAL OPERATION, filed April 13, 2022, the disclosures of each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
TECHNICAL FIELD
[0002] The present invention relates to surgical instruments and, in various arrangements, to surgical stapling and cutting instruments and staple cartridges for use therewith that are designed to staple and cut tissue.
SUMMARY
[0003] In one aspect, a surgical instrument is disclosed. The surgical instrument can include an end effector that includes jaws configured to transition between an opened condition and a closed condition, a plurality of electrodes positioned within the jaws of the end effector, a control circuit, and a memory configured to store an algorithm configured to cause the control circuit to determine an impedance signal based on signals received from the plurality of electrodes, detect a media positioned between the jaws of the end effector based on the determined impedance signal, determine a position of the detected media based on the received signals, and generate an alert associated with the detected media and the determined position.
[0004] In one aspect, a surgical system is disclosed. The surgical system can include a surgical instrument including an end effector including jaws configured to transition between an opened condition and a closed condition, and a plurality of electrodes positioned within the jaws of the end effector, wherein each electrode of the plurality of electrodes is positioned about a longitudinal axis defined by the end effector, and a computer system communicably coupled to the surgical instrument, wherein the computer system includes a control circuit and a memory configured to store an algorithm configured to cause the control circuit to receive signals from the plurality of electrodes, determine an impedance signal based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes, detect a media positioned between the jaws of the end effector based on the determined impedance signal, determine a position of the detected media along the longitudinal axis based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes, and generate an alert associated with the detected media and the determined position.
[0005] In one aspect, a method of characterizing media positioned between jaws of an end effector of a surgical instrument is disclosed. The method can include receiving, via a control circuit of the surgical instrument, signals from a plurality of electrodes positioned within the jaws of the end effector, determining, via the control circuit, an impedance signal based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes, detecting, via the control circuit, the media positioned between the jaws of the end effector based on the determined impedance signal, determining, via the control circuit, a position of the detected media along a longitudinal axis defined by the end effector based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes, generating, via the control circuit, an alert associated with the detected media and the determined position, and characterizing, via the control circuit, the detected media based on the determined impedance signal.
[0006] In addition to the foregoing, various other method and I or system and I or program product aspects are set forth and described in the teachings such as text (e.g., claims and I or detailed description) and I or drawings of the present disclosure.
[0007] The foregoing is a summary and thus may contain simplifications, generalizations, inclusions, and I or omissions of detail; consequently, those skilled in the art will appreciate that the summary is illustrative only and is not intended to be in any way limiting. Other aspects, features, and advantages of the devices and I or processes and I or other subject matter described herein will become apparent in the teachings set forth herein.
[0008] In one or more various aspects, related systems include but are not limited to circuitry and I or programming for effecting herein-referenced method aspects; the circuitry and I or programming can be virtually any combination of hardware, software, and I or firmware configured to affect the herein-referenced method aspects depending upon the design choices of the system designer. In addition to the foregoing, various other method and I or system aspects are set forth and described in the teachings such as text (e.g., claims and I or detailed description) and I or drawings of the present disclosure.
[0009] Further, it is understood that any one or more of the following-described forms, expressions of forms, examples, can be combined with any one or more of the other following- described forms, expressions of forms, and examples. [0010] The foregoing summary is illustrative only and is not intended to be in any way limiting. In addition to the illustrative aspects, embodiments, and features described above, further aspects, embodiments, and features will become apparent by reference to the drawings and the following detailed description.
FIGURES
[0011] The novel features of the described forms are set forth with particularity in the appended claims. The described forms, however, both as to organization and methods of operation, may be best understood by reference to the following description, taken in conjunction with the accompanying drawings in which:
[0012] FIG. 1 illustrates a perspective view of a surgical instrument in accordance with at least one embodiment;
[0013] FIG. 2 illustrates a perspective view of a controller of a robotic surgical system;
[0014] FIG. 3 illustrates a perspective view of the robotic surgical system of FIG. 2 comprising a plurality of robotic surgical arms which each operably support a surgical instrument thereon;
[0015] FIG. 4 illustrates a side view of a robotic surgical arm illustrated in FIG. 3;
[0016] FIG. 5 illustrates a perspective view of a staple cartridge positioned in a cartridge jaw in accordance with at least one embodiment;
[0017] FIG. 5A illustrates a partial cross-sectional view of the staple cartridge of FIG. 5;
[0018] FIG. 5B illustrates a perspective view of the staple cartridge of FIG. 5 removed from the cartridge jaw;
[0019] FIG. 5C illustrates an exploded view of the staple cartridge of FIG. 5;
[0020] FIG. 5D illustrates a perspective view of a sled of the staple cartridge of FIG. 5;
[0021] FIG. 6 illustrates a logic flow diagram of an algorithm depicting a control program or a logic configuration for modulating a sensor parameter of the sensor array, in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure;
[0022] FIG. 7 illustrates a top schematic view of a staple cartridge, in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure;
[0023] FIG. 8 illustrates a diagram of a cartridge comprising a plurality of sensors coupled to a control circuit through a set of coils to transfer power and data between the cartridge and a control circuit located in an instrument housing, in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure; [0024] FIG. 9 illustrates a block diagram of a surgical instrument configured or programmed to control the distal translation of a displacement member, in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure;
[0025] FIG. 10 illustrates a system for detecting tissue and foreign objects during a surgical operation, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure;
[0026] FIG. 11 illustrates a user interface displayed by a computing device of the system of FIG. 10, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure;
[0027] FIG. 12 illustrates a chart depicting a parameter measured by the system of FIG. 10 in time, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure;
[0028] FIG. 13 illustrates a logic flow diagram of a method of detecting and locating media within jaws of an end effector of a surgical instrument of the system of FIG 10, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure;
[0029] FIG. 14 illustrates a logic flow diagram of a method of detecting an anomaly as part of the method of FIG. 13, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure;
[0030] FIG. 15 illustrates a logic flow diagram of a method of detecting a presence of a foreign object within jaws of an end effector, as part of the methods of FIGS. 13 and 14, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure;
[0031] FIG. 16 illustrates a chart depicting experimental results of the methods of FIGS. 13- 15, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure;
[0032] FIGS. 17A-C illustrate another chart depicting experimental results of the methods of FIGS. 13-15, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure;
[0033] FIG. 18 illustrates another user interface displayed by a computing device of the system of FIG. 10, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure;
[0034] FIG. 19 illustrates another chart depicting experimental results of the methods of FIGS. 13-15, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure;
[0035] FIG. 20 illustrates another chart depicting experimental results of the methods of FIGS. 13-15, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure;
[0036] FIG. 21 illustrates a logic flow diagram of a method that collectively implements multiple patterns to distinguish detected foreign objects from detected tissue within the jaws of an end effector, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect;
[0037] FIG. 22 illustrates a logic flow diagram of a method of training an algorithmic model to intelligently classify the location of media within the jaws of an end effector, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect; [0038] FIG. 23 illustrates a block diagram of a method of classifying a detected media after an algorithmic model has been trained via the method of FIG. 22, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure;
[0039] FIGS. 24A and 24B illustrate several charts depicting a distinction between various media detected within the jaws of an end effector, as determined via the method of FIG. 23, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure;
[0040] FIG. 25 illustrates another chart depicting a distinction between various media detected within the jaws of an end effector, as determined via the method of FIG. 23, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure;
[0041] FIGS. 26A and 26B illustrate several charts depicting a of characterizing tissue within the jaws of an end effector, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure;
[0042] FIG. 27 illustrates a flow chart of a method of detecting media, locating media, and characterizing media positioned between the jaws of an end effector, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure;
[0043] FIG. 28 illustrates a surgical system configured to detect, locate, and characterize media positioned between the jaws of an end effector, in accordance with at least one nonlimiting aspect of the present disclosure;
[0044] FIGS. 29A-C illustrates a robotic surgical instrument configured for use with the system of FIG. 28, in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure;
[0045] FIG. 30 illustrates a block diagram of an algorithmic engine employed by the surgical instrument of FIGS. 29A-C, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure;
[0046] FIG. 31 illustrates a handheld surgical instrument configured for use with the system of FIG. 28, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure;
[0047] FIG. 32 illustrates an exemplary electrode array, in accordance with at least one nonlimiting aspect of the present disclosure;
[0048] FIGS. 33A-C illustrates another end effector configured for use with the surgical instruments disclosed herein, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure;
[0049] FIGS. 34A-C illustrate an articulation joint, shaft, nozzle, and control circuit configured for use with the end effectors and surgical instruments disclosed herein, according to at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure; [0050] FIG. 35 illustrates another end effector, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure;
[0051] FIGS. 36A-D illustrate another end effector, in accordance with at least one nonlimiting aspect of the present disclosure;
[0052] FIGS. 37A and 37B illustrate other end effectors, in accordance with at least one nonlimiting aspect of the present disclosure;
[0053] FIG. 38 illustrate another end effector, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure;
[0054] FIGS. 39A-C illustrate another end effector, in accordance with at least one nonlimiting aspect of the present disclosure;
[0055] FIG. 40 illustrates a flexible circuit configured for use with any of the end effectors disclosed herein, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure;
[0056] FIG. 41 illustrates a system diagram of a system configured to use the surgical instruments and end effectors disclosed herein, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure;
[0057] FIG. 42 illustrates a surgical instrument, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure;
[0058] FIG. 43 illustrates a diagram illustrating several non-limiting surgical system configurations, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure; [0059] FIG. 44 illustrates a logic flow diagram of a method of identifying a particular contact between the jaws of an end effector and a media positioned within the jaws of the end effector, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure;
[0060] FIG. 45 illustrates a logic flow diagram of a method of utilizing the sensing techniques disclosed herein to inform an operation performed by a second surgical instrument, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure; and
[0061] FIG. 46 illustrates a logic flow diagram of a specific procedure implementing the method of FIG. 45, in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure.
[0062] Corresponding reference characters indicate corresponding parts throughout the several views. The exemplifications set out herein illustrate various embodiments of the invention, in one form, and such exemplifications are not to be construed as limiting the scope of the invention in any manner.
DESCRIPTION [0063] Applicant of the present application owns U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 63/274,207, entitled DEVICES, SYSTEMS, AND METHODS FOR DETECTING TISSUE AND FOREIGN OBJECTS DURING A SURGICAL OPERATION, filed November 1 , 2021 , the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
[0064] Applicant of the present application owns the following U.S. Provisional Patent Applications, filed on December 30, 2019, the disclosure of each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its respective entirety: U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 62/955,294, entitled USER INTERFACE FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH COMBINATION ENERGY MODALITY END-EFFECTOR; U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 62/955,299, entitled ELECTROSURGICAL INSTRUMENTS FOR COMBINATION ENERGY DELIVERY; and U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 62/955,306, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS.
[0065] Applicant of the present application owns the following U.S. Patent Applications filed on May 28, 2020, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its respective entirety: U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/887,499, entitled USER INTERFACE FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH COMBINATION ENERGY MODALITY END-EFFECTOR; U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/887,493, entitled METHOD OF OPERATING A COMBINATION ULTRASONIC I BIPOLAR RF SURGICAL DEVICE WITH A COMBINATION ENERGY MODALITY END-EFFECTOR; U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/887,506, entitled DEFLECTABLE SUPPORT OF RF ENERGY ELECTRODE WITH RESPECT TO OPPOSING ULTRASONIC BLADE; U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/887,515, entitled NON-BIASED DEFLECTABLE ELECTRODE TO MINIMIZE CONTACT BETWEEN ULTRASONIC BLADE AND ELECTRODE; U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/887,519, entitled DEFLECTABLE ELECTRODE WITH HIGHER DISTAL BIAS RELATIVE TO PROXIMAL BIAS; U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/887,532, entitled DEFLECTABLE ELECTRODE WITH VARIABLE COMPRESSION BIAS ALONG THE LENGTH OF THE DEFLECTABLE ELECTRODE; U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/887,554, entitled ASYMMETRIC SEGMENTED ULTRASONIC SUPPORT PAD FOR COOPERATIVE ENGAGEMENT WITH A MOVABLE RF ELECTRODE; U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/887,561 , entitled VARIATION IN ELECTRODE PARAMETERS AND DEFLECTABLE ELECTRODE TO MODIFY ENERGY DENSITY AND TISSUE INTERACTION; U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/887,568, entitled TECHNIQUES FOR DETECTING ULTRASONIC BLADE TO ELECTRODE CONTACT AND REDUCING POWER TO ULTRASONIC BLADE; U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/887,576, entitled CLAMP ARM JAW TO MINIMIZE TISSUE STICKING AND IMPROVE TISSUE CONTROL; U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/887,579, entitled PARTIALLY CONDUCTIVE CLAMP ARM PAD TO ENABLE ELECTRODE WEAR THROUGH AND MINIMIZE SHORT CIRCUITING; U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 10/289,787, entitled ULTRASONIC CLAMP COAGULATOR APPARATUS HAVING AN IMPROVED CLAMPING END-EFFECTOR; and U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 11/243,585, entitled ULTRASONIC CLAMP COAGULATOR APPARATUS HAVING AN IMPROVED CLAMPING END-EFFECTOR.
[0066] Applicant of the present application owns the following U.S. Patent Applications filed on May 28, 2020, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its respective entirety: U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/885,813, entitled METHOD FOR AN ELECTROSURGICAL PROCEDURE; U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/885,820, entitled ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL INSTRUMENT; U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/885,823, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH JAW ALIGNMENT FEATURES; U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/885,826, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH ROTATABLE AND ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL END EFFECTOR; U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/885,838, entitled ELECTROSURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH ASYNCHRONOUS ENERGIZING ELECTRODES; U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/885,851 , entitled ELECTROSURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH ELECTRODES BIASING SUPPORT; U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/885,860, entitled ELECTROSURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH FLEXIBLE WIRING ASSEMBLIES; U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/885,866, entitled ELECTROSURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH VARIABLE CONTROL MECHANISMS; U.S.
Patent Application Serial No. 16/885,870, entitled ELECTROSURGICAL SYSTEMS WITH INTEGRATED AND EXTERNAL POWER SOURCES; U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/885,873, entitled ELECTROSURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH ELECTRODES HAVING ENERGY FOCUSING FEATURES; U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/885,879, entitled ELECTROSURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH ELECTRODES HAVING VARIABLE ENERGY DENSITIES; U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/885,881 , entitled ELECTROSURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH MONOPOLAR AND BIPOLAR ENERGY CAPABILITIES; U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/885,888, entitled ELECTROSURGICAL END EFFECTORS WITH THERMALLY INSULATIVE AND THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE PORTIONS; U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/885,893, entitled ELECTROSURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH ELECTRODES OPERABLE IN BIPOLAR AND MONOPOLAR MODES; U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/885,900, entitled ELECTROSURGICAL INSTRUMENT FOR DELIVERING BLENDED ENERGY MODALITIES TO TISSUE; U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/885,917, entitled CONTROL PROGRAM ADAPTATION BASED ON DEVICE STATUS AND USER INPUT; U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/885,923, entitled CONTROL PROGRAM FOR MODULAR COMBINATION ENERGY DEVICE; and U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/885,931 , entitled SURGICAL SYSTEM COMMUNICATION PATHWAYS.
[0067] Applicant of the present application owns related U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/951 ,259, filed November 18, 2020 and titled MULTI-LAYER CLAMP ARM PAD FOR ENHANCED VERSATILITY AND PERFORMANCE OF A SURGICAL DEVICE, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its respective entirety.
[0068] Applicant of the present application owns related U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 16/887,493, filed May 29, 2020 and titled METHOD OF OPERATING A COMBINATION ULTRASONIC I BIPOLAR RF SURGICAL DEVICE WITH A COMBINATION ENERGY MODALITY END-EFFECTOR, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its respective entirety.
[0069] Applicant of the present application owns related U.S. Patent Application Serial No.16/453,343, filed June 26, 2019, and titled STAPLE CARTRIDGE RETAINER SYSTEM WITH AUTHENTICATION KEYS, , the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its respective entirety.
[0070] Before explaining various forms of surgical devices in detail, it should be noted that the illustrative forms are not limited in application or use to the details of construction and arrangement of parts illustrated in the accompanying drawings and description. The illustrative forms may be implemented or incorporated in other forms, variations and modifications, and may be practiced or carried out in various ways. Further, unless otherwise indicated, the terms and expressions utilized herein have been chosen for the purpose of describing the illustrative forms for the convenience of the reader and are not for the purpose of limitation thereof. As used herein, the term “surgical device” is used interchangeably with the term “surgical instrument.”
[0071] Further, it is understood that any one or more of the following-described forms, expressions of forms, examples, can be combined with any one or more of the other following- described forms, expressions of forms, and examples.
[0072] Various forms are directed to improved ultrasonic and I or electrosurgical (RF) instruments configured for effecting tissue treating, dissecting, cutting, and I or coagulation during surgical procedures. In one form, a combined ultrasonic and electrosurgical device may be configured for use in open surgical procedures, but has applications in other types of surgery, such as minimally invasive laparoscopic, orthoscopic, or thoracoscopic procedures, for example, non-invasive endoscopic procedures, either in hand held or and robotic-assisted procedures. Versatility is achieved by selective application of multiple energy modalities simultaneously, independently, sequentially, or combinations thereof. For example, versatility may be achieved by selective use of ultrasonic and electrosurgical energy (e.g., monopolar or bipolar RF energy) either simultaneously, independently, sequentially, or combinations thereof. [0073] Although handheld and robotic surgical devices, such as surgical staplers, can provide numerous surgical benefits, it would be beneficial if such devices could be outfitted with sensing and feedback features, which could generate information regarding tissue location in jaws, tissue characteristics, and the presence of foreign objects within the jaws of a surgical device. Such features could bring high value to both hand-held and robotic surgical devices that could make surgical operations, such as stapling tasks, more efficient, precise, and safer for the patient. Electrical impedance spectroscopy (“EIS”) is a powerful technique that utilizes particularly configured signals to probe the impedance characteristics of objects. Accordingly, EIS techniques can be implemented to scan a tissue sample within the jaws of a surgical device using signals with a wide range of frequencies to generate an impedance spectrum for the tissue sample. Accordingly, there is a need for improved surgical devices, systems, and methods for detecting tissue locations and foreign objects. Such surgical devices, systems, and methods can employ EIS techniques to scan and characterize a tissue sample and thus, improve the efficiency, precision, and safety of a surgical operation.
[0074] A surgical instrument 10000 is illustrated in FIG. 1. The surgical instrument 10000 comprises a handle 10100 including a handle housing 10120, a shaft 10200 extending from the handle 10100, and an end effector 10400. The end effector 10400 comprises a first jaw 10410 configured to receive a staple cartridge and a second jaw 10420 movable relative to the first jaw 10410. The second jaw 10420 comprises an anvil including staple forming pockets defined therein. The surgical instrument 10000 further comprises a closure actuator 10140 configured to drive a closure system of the surgical instrument 10000 and move the second jaw 10420 between an unclamped position and a clamped position. The closure actuator 10140 is operably coupled with a closure tube 10240 that is advanced distally when the closure actuator 10140 is closed. In such instances, the closure tube 10240 contacts the second jaw and cams and/or pushes the second jaw 10420 downwardly into its clamped position.
[0075] Further to the above, the second jaw 10420 is pivotably coupled to the first jaw 10410 about a pivot axis. In various embodiments, the second jaw can both translate and rotate as it is being moved into its clamped position. In various alternative embodiments, a surgical instrument comprises a staple cartridge jaw that is movable between an unclamped position and a clamped position relative to an anvil jaw. In any event, the handle 10100 comprises a lock configured to releasably hold the closure actuator 10140 in its clamped position. The handle 10100 further comprises release actuators 10180b on opposite sides thereof which, when actuated, unlock the closure actuator 10140 such that the end effector 10400 can be re-opened. In various alternative embodiments, the handle 10100 comprises an electric motor configured to move the closure tube 10240 proximally and/or distally when actuated by the clinician.
[0076] The end effector 10400 is attached to the shaft 10200 about an articulation joint 10500 and is rotatable within a plane about an articulation axis. The shaft 10200 defines a longitudinal axis and the end effector 10400 is articulatable between an unarticulated position in which the end effector 10400 is aligned with the longitudinal axis and articulated positions in which the end effector 10400 extends at a transverse angle relative to the longitudinal axis. In various embodiments, the surgical instrument 10000 comprises a first articulation joint which permits the end effector 10400 to be articulated in a first plane and a second articulation joint which permits the end effector 10400 to be articulated in a second plane which is orthogonal to the first plane, for example. The handle 10100 comprises at least one electric motor and a control system configured to control the operation of the electric motor in response to articulation actuators 10160 and 10170. The electric motor comprises a brushless DC motor; however, the electric motor can comprise any suitable motor, such as a brushed DC motor, for example.
[0077] The entire disclosure of U.S. Patent No. 10,149,683, entitled POWERED SURGICAL CUTTING AND STAPLING APPARATUS WITH MANUALLY RETRACTABLE FIRING SYSTEM, which issued on December 11 , 2018, is incorporated by reference herein. The entire disclosure of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2018/0125481 , entitled MOTOR-DRIVEN SURGICAL CUTTING INSTRUMENT, which published on May 10, 2018, is incorporated by reference herein. The handle 10100 further comprises a replaceable and/or rechargeable battery 10300 attachable to the handle housing which powers the surgical instrument 10000. The entire disclosure of U.S. Patent No. 8,632,525, entitled POWER CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS AND BATTERIES, which issued on January 21 , 2014, is incorporated by reference herein.
[0078] Further to the above, the shaft 10200 is rotatable about a longitudinal axis extending through the shaft 10200. The shaft 10200 is rotatably connected to the handle 10100 about a rotation joint 10220 and the shaft 10200 comprises one or more finger grooves defined therein which facilitate a clinician using the stapling instrument 10000 to rotate the shaft 10200. In various embodiments, the surgical instrument 10000 comprises an electric motor and a rotation actuator that, when actuated by the clinician, powers the electric motor to rotate the shaft 10200 in a first direction or a second direction depending on the direction in which the rotation actuator is actuated.
[0079] Further to the above, the surgical instrument 10000 comprises a staple firing drive configured to eject the staples out of the staple cartridge. The staple firing drive comprises an electric motor and a firing member which is driven distally through a staple firing stroke by the electric motor. During the staple firing stroke, the firing member pushes the sled in the staple cartridge distally to eject the staples from the staple cartridge. The entire disclosure of U.S. Patent No. 9,629,629, entitled CONTROL SYSTEMS FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, which issued on April 25, 2017, is incorporated by reference herein.
[0080] The surgical instrument systems described herein are motivated by an electric motor; however, the surgical instrument systems described herein can be motivated in any suitable manner. In certain instances, the motors disclosed herein may comprise a portion or portions of a robotically controlled system. U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 13/118,241 , entitled SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENTS WITH ROTATABLE STAPLE DEPLOYMENT ARRANGEMENTS, now U.S. Patent No. 9,072,535, for example, discloses several examples of a robotic surgical instrument system in greater detail, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated by reference herein. The disclosures of International Patent Publication No. WO 2017/083125, entitled STAPLER WITH COMPOSITE CARDAN AND SCREW DRIVE, published May 18, 2017, International Patent Publication No. WO 2017/083126, entitled STAPLE PUSHER WITH LOST MOTION BETWEEN RAMPS, published May 18, 2017, International Patent Publication No. WO 2015/153642, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH SHIFTABLE TRANSMISSION, published October s, 2015, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0265954, filed March 17, 2017, entitled STAPLER WITH CABLE-DRIVEN ADVANCEABLE CLAMPING ELEMENT AND DUAL DISTAL PULLEYS, now U.S. Patent No. 10,350,016, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0265865, filed February 15, 2017, entitled STAPLER WITH CABLE-DRIVEN ADVANCEABLE CLAMPING ELEMENT AND DISTAL PULLEY, now U.S. Patent No. 10,631 ,858, and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0290586, entitled STAPLING CARTRIDGE, filed on March 29, 2017, now U.S. Patent No 10,722,233, are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
[0081] Various embodiments disclosed herein may be employed in connection with a robotic surgical system, such as the robotic system 1000 depicted in FIGS. 1 -3, for example. FIG. 1 depicts a master controller 5001 that may be used in connection with a robotic arm cart 5100 depicted in FIG. 2. The master controller 5001 and the robotic arm cart 5100, as well as their respective components and control systems, are collectively referred to herein as a robotic system 5000. Examples of such systems and devices are disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 7,524,320, entitled MECHANICAL ACTUATOR INTERFACE SYSTEM FOR ROBOTIC SURGICAL TOOLS, as well as U.S. Patent No. 9,072,535, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENTS WITH ROTATABLE STAPLE DEPLOYMENT ARRANGEMENTS, which are each hereby incorporated by reference herein in their respective entireties. The details of such systems and devices are not repeated herein for the sake of brevity. The master controller 5001 includes controls 5003 which are grasped and manipulated by the surgeon while the surgeon views the patient via a display 1002. The controls 5003 can comprise manual input devices which move with multiple degrees of freedom, for example, and can further comprise an actuatable trigger for actuating surgical instruments, or tools, to close grasping jaws, staple and incise tissue, and/or apply an electrical potential to an electrode, for example.
[0082] With reference to FIGS. 2 and 3, the robotic arm cart 5100 is configured to actuate one or more surgical instruments, such as surgical instruments 6000, for example, in response to inputs from the master controller 5001 . In various forms, the robotic arm cart 5100 includes a base 5002, arm linkages including set-up joints 5104, and instrument manipulators 5106. Such an arrangement can facilitate the rotation of a surgical instrument 6000 around a point in space, which is described in U.S. Patent No. 5,817,084, entitled REMOTE CENTER POSITIONING DEVICE WITH FLEXIBLE DRIVE, the entire disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein. This arrangement provides for pivoting rotation of a surgical instrument 6000 about an axis 5112a, or pitch axis. The arrangement also provides for rotation of the surgical instrument 6000 about an axis 5112b, or yaw axis. The pitch and yaw axes 5112a, 5112b intersect at a remote center 5114, which is aligned along an elongate shaft of the surgical instrument 6000. A surgical instrument 6000 may have further degrees of driven freedom, including sliding motion along a longitudinal axis LT-LT. As the surgical instrument 6000 slides along the longitudinal axis LT-LT relative to the instrument manipulator 5106 (arrow 5112c), the remote center 5114 remains fixed relative to a base 5116 of the instrument manipulator 5106. To move the remote center 5114, linkage 5108 is driven by one or more motors 5120 which move the linkage 5108 in response to commands from the master controller 5001 to position and/or manipulate the surgical instrument 6000 within the surgical site. Various other arrangements are disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,878,193, entitled AUTOMATED ENDOSCOPE SYSTEM FOR OPTIMAL POSITIONING, the entire disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein.
[0083] Additionally, while the data communication between a robotic component and the processor of the robotic surgical system is primarily described herein with reference to communication between a surgical instrument, or tool, and the master controller 5001 , it should be understood that similar communication may take place between the circuitry of a manipulator, a set-up joint, an endoscope or other image capture device, or the like, and the processor of the robotic surgical system for component compatibility verification, componenttype identification, component calibration (such as off-set or the like) communication, confirmation of coupling of the component to the robotic surgical system, or the like. In accordance with at least one aspect, various surgical instruments disclosed herein may be used in connection with other robotically-controlled or automated surgical systems and are not necessarily limited to use with the specific robotic system components shown in FIGS. 1-3 and described in the aforementioned references. Various robotic surgery systems and methods are disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 6,132,368, entitled MULTI-COMPONENT TELEPRESENCE SYSTEM AND METHOD, the entire disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein.
[0084] Referring to FIG. 5, a staple cartridge, such as staple cartridge 14000, for example, comprises a cartridge body 11100 and an electronic circuit 11500 including sensors 11600. The staple cartridge 14000 is similar to the other staple cartridges disclosed herein in many respects and such respects are not discussed herein for the sake of brevity. As discussed above, the cartridge body 11100 comprises a deck 11130 and longitudinal rows of staple cavities 11140 defined in the deck 11130. Each staple cavity 11140 comprises a staple stored therein that is driven upwardly out of the staple cavity 11140 by a staple driver during a staple firing stroke. Each staple comprises a base and two legs extending from the base such that the legs extend generally upwardly and outwardly to form a V-shape configuration. In various instances, the legs of the staple are resiliently deflected inwardly by the proximal and distal end walls of the staple cavity 11140 when the staple is stored in the staple cavity 11140. When the staple is driven upwardly out of the staple cavity 11140, the legs of the staple emerge from the staple cavity 11140 and extend above the deck 11130 while the rest of the staple is pushed upwardly out of the staple cavity 11140. The cartridge body 11100 comprises projections 11132 (FIG. 5B) extending from the deck 11130 which are configured to guide and/or control the legs of the staples as the staples are being ejected from the staple cavities 11140. A projection 11132 is positioned at the distal end of each staple cavity 11140 and at the proximal end of each staple cavity 11140. However, alternative embodiments are envisioned in which a projection 11132 is positioned at only one end of each staple cavity 11140. Moreover, various embodiments are envisioned in which some of the staple cavities 11140 do not comprise projections 11132 at the ends thereof. The projections 11132 are further configured to engage the patient tissue positioned against the deck 11130 and limit the flow or movement of the patient tissue relative to the deck 11130.
[0085] In various embodiments, the electronic circuit 11500 comprises a substrate including features engaged with the projections 11132. In at least one embodiment, the substrate comprises apertures defined therein, the sidewalls of which are engaged with the projections 11132. The apertures are in a snap-fit and/or press-fit arrangement with the projections 11132 such that the electronic circuit 11500 is held in position relative to the cartridge body 11100. In at least one embodiment, the projections 11132 comprise at least partially annular or circumferential shoulders which hold the sensor circuit 11500 against the cartridge body 11100. [0086] In various embodiments, a sensor circuit of a staple cartridge is comprised of a conductive material printed on the deck of the cartridge body. In at least one embodiment, the conductive material is comprised of metal particles bonded to the deck which form an electrical circuit connecting the sensors. In at least one such embodiment, the printed electrical circuit is printed onto the cartridge body with a three-dimensional printer. In various embodiments, the sensor circuit comprises electrodes, or contacts, that are printed onto the cartridge body. In at least one embodiment, the sensor circuit comprises electrodes which comprise a polygonal surface configured to contact the tissue. In at least one alternative embodiment, the electrodes comprise a curved and/or tortuous path on the deck surface which, in various instances, can increase the contact area between the electrodes and the tissue. In at least one embodiment, the electrodes comprise needles extending therefrom which are configured to penetrate the tissue. In at least one embodiment, the needles comprise a diameter of about 1 pm, for example. In various instances, the needles provide parallel signal paths between the tissue and the sensor circuit within one electrode to improve the sensitivity of the sensor circuit. In at least one embodiment, a conductive grease or conductive viscous agent covers the tissue contact points of the sensor circuit which improves the contact between the electrodes and the tissue. In various embodiments, portions of the sensor circuit are embedded in the cartridge body. In at least one such embodiment, the sensor circuit comprises flat, thin conductors that are embedded into the cartridge body when a plastic material, for example, is overmolded onto portions of the conductors. Portions of the conductors, however, remain exposed to provide tissue engaging pads and/or electrically-conductive attachment points for soldering sensors thereto. In at least one embodiment, part of the cartridge sensor circuit can be defined on the lateral sidewalls of the cartridge jaw. In at least one such embodiment, a proximal portion and a distal portion of the sensor circuit are defined on the cartridge body and an intermediate portion of the sensor circuit is defined on the cartridge jaw that electrically connects the proximal portion and the distal portion of the sensor circuit. In at least one embodiment, the portions of the sensor circuit mounted to the cartridge jaw comprise conductive strips mounted to the sidewalls. When the staple cartridge is seated in the cartridge jaw, the cartridge sensor circuit engages the conductive strips to complete the circuit.
[0087] As discussed above, a sensor circuit can include conductive tissue-contacting surfaces. In various embodiments, a sensor circuit can include non-conductive tissuecontacting surfaces. In at least one embodiment, a sensor circuit comprises one or more capacitive electrodes. In various instances, projected capacitance measurement techniques are used to measure the presence of the tissue over the capacitive electrodes and/or a property of the tissue over the capacitive electrodes. In at least one embodiment, each capacitive electrode comprises an insulative covering which covers capacitive pads contained therein. In various instances, further to the above, surface capacitance measurement techniques can be used. In various embodiments, a sensor circuit comprises one or more inductive sensors. In at least one embodiment, an eddy current is induced in each of the inductive sensors which changes when the tissue contacts the sensors. In such embodiments, the changes to the sensor eddy currents are detected by the control system of the staple cartridge. In various embodiments, the sensor circuit can comprise temperature sensors which are used to detect the presence of tissue over the temperature sensors. In at least one embodiment, the sensor circuit comprises electrodes comprised of a doped polycrystalline ceramic comprising barium titanate (BaTiO3), for example. The resistance of these ceramic materials changes in response to temperature changes, such as when patient tissue is positioned against the electrodes. The cartridge processor is configured to employ an algorithm to monitor the resistance fluctuations in the ceramic materials to assess whether or not tissue was positioned against the electrodes. In various instances, the electrodes of the sensor circuit are in a parallel arrangement such that a detected resistance, capacitance, voltage, and/or current change can be directly related to the position of a sensor. With this information, the processor can assess whether and where tissue is positioned over the staple cartridge.
[0088] Referring to FIGS. 5A and 5D, the staple cartridge 14000 further comprises a laminate material 14900 mounted to one or more components of the staple cartridge 14000 to control the electrical effects created within the cartridge components by the fields emitted from and/or surrounding the staple cartridge 14000. In at least one instance, the laminate material 14900 comprises a flux field directional material including at least two layers - a first layer 14910, or cover, and a second layer 14920 of magnetic material attached to the first layer 14910. The first layer 14910 is comprised of polyethylene terephthalate, for example, which protects the second layer 14920, but can be comprised of any suitable material. The second layer 14920 is comprised of a sintered ferrite sheet, for example, but can be comprised of any suitable material. In at least one instance, an adhesive layer 14930 comprised of a pressure-sensitive adhesive, for example, is bonded to the second layer 14920 and is used to attach the laminate material 14900 to one or more components of the staple cartridge 14000, as discussed further below. In at least one instance, the laminate material 14900 is a Flux Field Directional Material EM15TF manufactured by 3M, for example.
[0089] In various embodiments, further to the above, laminate material 14900 is bonded to the cartridge body 11100 and is arranged to change and/or control the shape of the fields extending from the cartridge antennas. In at least one embodiment, the laminate material 14900 focuses the fields away from the metal cartridge jaw of the surgical instrument 10000 in which the staple cartridge 14000 is seated. In at least one instance, the cartridge body 11100 is comprised of plastic and the laminate material 14900 is mounted to the cartridge body 11100 such that the laminate material 14900 surrounds, or at least substantially surrounds, the cartridge antennas. In at least one instance, laminate material 14900 is mounted to the cartridge body 11100 at a location which is intermediate the cartridge data coil 11540” and the cartridge power coil 11545” such that the cartridge coils 11540” and 11545” are separated by the laminate material 14900. In various embodiments, laminate material 14900 is bonded to the metal walls of the cartridge jaw 10410. In at least one instance, laminate material 14900 is mounted to the metal walls of the cartridge jaw 10410 at a location which is intermediate the instrument data coil 10540” and the power transmission coil 10545”. In various embodiments, the laminate material 14900 bonds the cartridge data antenna 11530” and/or the cartridge power antenna 11535” to the cartridge body 11100. In at least one embodiment, the laminate material 14900 bonds the instrument data antenna 10530” and/or the instrument power antenna 10535” to the metal cartridge jaw 10410.
[0090] In various embodiments, further to the above, laminate material 14900 is mounted to the metal pan 11700. In at least one such instance, laminate material 14900 is positioned intermediate the metal pan 11700 and the cartridge data antenna 11530” and, also, intermediate the metal pan 11700 and the cartridge power antenna 11535”. Such an arrangement can focus the fields created by the antennas 11530” and 11535” away from the metal pan 11700 to minimize the electrical effects that the fields have on the metal pan 11700. In various embodiments, laminate material 14900 is mounted to the movable components of the staple cartridge 14000. In at least one instance, referring to FIG. 5D, laminate material 14900 is mounted to the sled 11400. In at least one such instance, laminate material 14900 is mounted to the lateral sides 11410 of the sled 11400, for example. In at least one instance, referring to FIG. 5A, laminate material 14900 is mounted to one or more of the staple drivers 11300, for example. In at least one such instance, laminate material 14900 is mounted to the lateral sides 11310 of the staple drivers 11300. Laminate material 14900 can be mounted to all of the staple drivers 11300, or just the staple drivers 11300 adjacent the cartridge antennas 11530” and 11535”, for example.
[0091] Further to the above, the fields generated by the cartridge antennas and/or instrument antennas can affect the output of the sensors 11600. Such an effect can be reduced or mitigated by the laminate material 14900, for example. In various instances, the processor of the staple cartridge 14000 is configured to electronically account for the effect that the antenna fields will have on the sensors 11600. In at least one such instance, the cartridge processor can monitor when signals are being transmitted between the antenna couples and, in such instances, modify the sensor outputs being received from the sensors 11600 before transmitting the sensor outputs to the surgical instrument processor and/or recording the sensor outputs in a memory device in the staple cartridge 14000. When signals are not being transmitted between the antenna couples, the sensor outputs may not need to be modified by the processor before being transmitted to the surgical instrument processor and/or recorded in a memory device in the staple cartridge 14000. In various instances, the processor can apply a first compensation factor to the sensor outputs when the power antenna couple is transmitting signals, a second compensation factor to the sensor outputs when the signal antenna couple is transmitting signals, and a third compensation factor to the sensor outputs when both antennas are transmitting signals. In at least one such instance, the third compensation factor is larger than the first compensation factor and the first compensation factor is larger than the second compensation factor, for example.
[0092] Further to the above, the circuit 11500 is flush with the top surface of the deck 11130 and/or recessed with respect to the top surface of the deck 11130. In various instances, the staple cartridge 11000 further comprises latches rotatably mounted thereto which are rotatable from an unlatched position to a latched position to hold the circuit 11500 in the circuit slot 11160. The latches engage the cartridge body 11100 in a press-fit and/or snap-fit manner when the latches are in their latched position. When the latches are in their latched position, the latches are flush with and/or recessed below the top surface of the deck 11130. In at least one embodiment, the projections 11132 are mounted to and/or integrally-formed with the latches and/or any other suitable restraining features. In any event, the circuit 11500 comprises one or more sensors which are held in place relative to the cartridge body 11100 as a result of the above.
[0093] FIG. 6 is a logic flow diagram of an algorithm 1190 depicting a control program or a logic configuration for modulating a sensor parameter of the sensor array 1036, in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure. In the illustrated example, the algorithm 1190 includes detecting 1191 a tissue contact status of the staple cartridge 1046. The algorithm 1190 further includes selectively modulating 1182 a sensor parameter of one or more sensors of the sensor array 1036 in accordance with the detected tissue contact status. In the illustrated example, the algorithm 1190 is implemented, or at least partially implemented, by the control circuit 1026. In other examples, various aspects of the algorithm 1190 can be implemented by other control circuits such as, for example, the control circuit 1049, or any other suitable control circuit. For brevity the following description will focus on executing various aspects of the algorithm 1190 by the control circuit 1026.
[0094] In various aspects, detecting 1191 the tissue contact status of the staple cartridge 1046 is performed at each of a plurality of closure states. As the closure of the end effector 1040 commences, the size and/or position of the tissue in contact with the sensor array 1036 of the staple cartridge 1046 may change. To optimize sensor data collection, transmission, and/or processing, the control circuit 1026 can be configured to adjust one or more sensor parameters of one or more sensors, or groups of sensors, of the sensor array 1036 based on whether tissue contact is detected at the different closure states.
[0095] In certain exemplifications, as illustrated in FIG. 7, the sensor array 1036 is disposed along a length L of the staple cartridge 1046. However, the tissue grasped by the end effector 1040 may cover a region 1193 extending only along a portion of the length L, for example extending along a length L1. In such instances, sensor data from sensors beyond the region 1193 can be assigned a lower priority than sensor data from sensors within the region 1193. A control circuit 1026 can be configured to determine a priority level of the sensors of the sensor array 1036 based on their location with respect to the region 1193, for example. Furthermore, the control circuit 1026 can be configured to switch sensors of the sensor array 1036 that are within the region 1193 to an active mode 1083 and/or switch sensors of the sensor array 1136 that are outside the region 1193 to an idler mode 1084, for example.
[0096] In various aspects, tissue contact detection can be accomplished by a tissue contact circuit 2830, as described in greater detail elsewhere in the present disclosure. The tissue contact circuit 2830 is in open circuit mode with no tissue located against the sensors 2788a, 2788b. The tissue contact circuit 2830 is transitioned to a closed circuit mode by the tissue 2820. The sensors 2788a, 2788b are powered by voltage source V and a sensors circuit 2790 measures a signal generated by the sensors 2788a, 2788b. In some aspects, the sensors 2788a, 2788b may include a pair of opposing electrode plates to make electrical contact with the tissue 2820.
[0097] Any of the sensors 2788a, 2788b disclosed herein may include, and are not limited to, electrical contacts placed on an inner surface of a jaw which, when in contact with tissue, close a sensing circuit that is otherwise open. The contact sensors may also include sensitive force transducers that detect when the tissue being clamped first resists compression. Force transducers may include, and are not limited to, piezoelectric elements, piezoresistive elements, metal film or semiconductor strain gauges, inductive pressure sensors, capacitive pressure sensors, and resistive sensors.
[0098] Further to the above, a control circuit 1026, for example, may receive one or more signals from the sensor circuit 2790 and/or sensors 2788a, 2788b indicative of a tissue contact status of one or more regions along the length L of the staple cartridge 1046. In response, the adjust one or more sensor parameters of one or more sensors, or groups of sensors, the control circuit 1026 can be configured to adjust sensor parameters of one or more sensors of the sensor array 1036 in the one or more regions based on the tissue contact status.
[0099] Additional details are disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 10,595,887, titled SYSTEMS FOR ADJUSTING END EFFECTOR PARAMETERS BASED ON PERIOPERATIVE INFORMATION, and issued March 24, 2020, U.S. Patent No. 9,724,094, titled ADJUNCT WITH INTEGRATED SENSORS TO QUANTIFY TISSUE COMPRESSION, and issued August 8, 2017, and U.S.
Patent No. 9,808,246, titled METHOD OF OPERATING A POWERED SURGICAL INSTRUMENT, and issued November 7, 2017, the entireties of disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference herein.
[0100] In one general aspect, the present disclosure provides methods of monitoring multiple sensors over time to detect moving characteristics of tissue located in the jaws of the end effector. In one aspect, the end effector comprises a cartridge. More than one sensor can be located on a cartridge to sense the motion of the tissue from one sensor towards an adjacent sensor. In a stapling cartridge, multiple sensors may be located on the stapling cartridge to sense movement of tissue by monitoring a property of the tissue. In one aspect, the tissue property could be an electrical property of the tissue such as impedance or capacitance. In another aspect, monitoring the impedance of the tissue from one time point to the next can allow the system to detect the motion of the tissue from one sensor towards the next. [0101] In one aspect, a method of monitoring multiple sensors over time to detect moving characteristics of the tissue comprises monitoring multiple sensors over time to detect tissue movement relative to at least two sensed locations. The method provides real-time tissue flow sensing through monitoring a sensed tissue property through time.
[0102] Turning now to FIG. 8, which illustrates a diagram of a surgical instrument 2750 comprising an instrument housing 2800 and an end effector 2752 inductively coupled to the instrument housing 2800 via a set of coils 2818 implementing a wireless power and data communication system, in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure. The instrument housing 2800 comprises an energy source 2762 and a control circuit 2760 inductively coupled to the end effector 2752. Power from the energy source 2762 is inductively coupled to the end effector 2752 from a primary coil 2802 tuned for power located in the instrument housing 2800 to a secondary coil 2804 tuned for power located in the end effector 2752. Data is transmitted between the control circuit 2760 and the end effector sensor circuits 2790 between a primary coil 2816 tuned for data located in the instrument housing 2800 and a secondary coil 2814 tuned for data located in the end effector 2752.
[0103] FIG. 8 illustrates one implementation of the transmission system 1045 for wireless transmission of power and data. In the implementation illustrated in FIG. 8, power and data are transmitted separately. In other implementations, as described supra, power and data are transmitted sequentially or simultaneously. For brevity, the following description focuses on the implementation of the transmission system 1045 that is configured to separately transmit power and data. However, it is understood that the other implementations of the transmission system 1045 can be equally utilized.
[0104] In various aspects, the end effector 2752 comprises a cartridge 2768 and an anvil 2766 pivotally coupled to the cartridge 2768. A plurality of sensors 2788 may be disposed in the cartridge 2768, the anvil 2766, or both. As described supra, the end effector 2752 comprises secondary coils 2804, 2814 to receive power from the instrument housing 2800 and communicate between the end effector 2752 circuits and the instrument housing 2800 circuits, respectively. Power from the secondary coil 2804 is rectified by a rectifier circuit 2806 and filter capacitor 2808 and is provided to a plurality of sensors 2788 via an analog multiplexer 2810 or other analog switching circuit. Signals from the sensors 2788 are transmitted through the analog multiplexer 2810, coupled to a near field communication (NFC) tag 2812, and coupled to the control circuit 2760 from the secondary coil 2814 located in the end effector 2752 and the primary coil 2816 located in the instrument housing 2800. The NFC tag 2812 is configured to transmit data from the cartridge 2768. The sensors 2788 may be configured to measure tissue impedance, tissue temperature, tissue capacitance, tissue inductance, elapsed time, among other tissue parameters explained in the following description.
[0105] In other aspects, the cartridge 2768 portion of the end effector 2752 may comprise electrodes to receive electrosurgical energy to assist or enhance the tissue sealing process. In such aspects, some or all of the plurality of sensors 2788 may act as electrodes to deliver the electrosurgical energy through the tissue clamped between the anvil 2766 and the cartridge 2768. In such aspects, the plurality of sensors 2788 may be configured to measure tissue parameters such as impedance, capacitance, among other tissue parameters explained in the following description.
[0106] In other aspects, the end effector 2752 may comprise a clamp arm assembly and an ultrasonic blade for cutting and sealing tissue clamped between the clamp arm assembly and the ultrasonic blade instead of the anvil 2766 and cartridge 2768 as shown in the example of FIG. 8. Is such aspects comprising a clamp arm assembly and ultrasonic blade, the plurality of sensors 2788 may be disposed in the clamp arm assembly and the electrical return path may be provided through the electrically conductive ultrasonic blade. The plurality of sensors 788 may be configured to measure tissue parameters such as impedance, capacitance, among other tissue parameters explained in the following description.
[0107] In other aspects, the end effector 2752 may comprise a pair of jaws configured with electrodes to deliver electrosurgical energy to seal tissue clamped between the jaws instead of the anvil 2766 and cartridge 2768 as shown in the example of FIG. 8. One of the jaws may be configured with a knife slot for cutting through the tissue after sealing. In such aspects, the plurality of sensors 2788 may be disposed in either jaw or both. The plurality of sensors 2788 may be configured to measure tissue parameters such as impedance, capacitance, among other tissue parameters explained in the following description.
[0108] In other aspects, the end effector 2752 may comprise a clamp arm assembly and an ultrasonic blade instead of the anvil 2766 and cartridge 2768 as shown in the example of FIG. 8. In such aspects, the clamp arm assembly is configured with electrodes for receiving electrosurgical energy for sealing tissue located between the clamp arm assembly and the ultrasonic blade. The electrical return path for the electrosurgical energy is provided through the electrically conductive ultrasonic blade. In such aspects, the ultrasonic blade is utilized to cut the sealed tissue clamped between the clamp arm assembly and the ultrasonic blade. The plurality of sensors 2788 may be configured to measure tissue parameters such as impedance, capacitance, among other tissue parameters explained in the following description. [0109] In certain instances, as described in greater detail elsewhere in the present disclosure, wireless power and/or data transmission between an instrument housing 2800 and the end effector 2752 encompasses a wireless power and/or data transmission between the surgical instrument 2750 and the staple cartridge 2768. For example, the primary coils 2802, 2816 can be disposed on a cartridge channel of the end effector 2752, and the secondary coils 2804, 2814 can be disposed on the staple cartridge 2768 such that the primary coils 2802, 2816 and the secondary coils 2804, 2814 are aligned for a wireless connection when the staple cartridge 2768 is seated in the cartridge channel. In such instances, the instrument housing 2800 may encompass a proximal housing including the energy source 2762 and the control circuit 2760, a shaft extending distally from the proximal housing, and the cartridge channel.
[0110] FIG. 9 illustrates a block diagram of the surgical instrument 2750 shown in FIG. 8 comprising an instrument housing 2800 and an end effector 2752 inductively coupled to the instrument housing 2800 via a set of coils 2818 implementing a wireless power and data communication system, in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure. In one aspect, the surgical instrument 2750 is configured or programmed to control the distal translation of a displacement member such as the I-beam 2764. The surgical instrument 2750 comprises an end effector 2752 that may comprise an anvil 2766, an I-beam 2764 (including a sharp cutting edge), and a removable cartridge 2768. The end effector 2752 comprises sensors 2788 and a sensors circuit 2790 coupled to the sensors 2788. Power is inductively coupled to the sensor circuit 2790 and to the sensors 2788 through coils 2802, 2804 via near field communication. Signals (e.g., voltage, current, resistance, impedance, capacitance, inductance, frequency, phase, etc.) from the sensors 2788 are conditioned by the sensors circuit 2790. The signals or data corresponding to the signals are communicated between the sensors circuit 2790 in the end effector 2752 and the control circuit 2760 in the instrument housing 2800 via near field communication inductive coupling between the coils 2814, 2816.
[0111] It will be appreciated that the sensors 2788 may be located in any suitable location in the end effector 2752. In one aspect, the sensors 2788 are arranged in an array in the cartridge 2768. In another aspect, the sensors 2788 are arranged in an array in the anvil 2766. In various aspects, the sensors 2788 are arranged in arrays in the cartridge 2768 and the anvil 2766. The control circuit 2760 may be configured to monitor the sensors 2788 over time to detect moving characteristics of tissue located in the jaws of the end effector 2752. In one aspect, the jaws of the end effector 2752 may be comprised of the anvil 2766 and the cartridge 2768, for example. [0112] The position, movement, displacement, and/or translation of a linear displacement member, such as the I-beam 2764, can be measured by an absolute positioning system, sensor arrangement, and position sensor 2784. A control circuit 2760 may be configured or programmed to control the translation of the displacement member, such as the I-beam 2764. The control circuit 2760, in some examples, may comprise one or more microcontrollers, microprocessors, or other suitable processors for executing instructions that cause the processor or processors to control the displacement member, e.g., the I-beam 2764. In other aspects, the control circuit 2760 may comprise analog or digital circuits such as, for example, programmable logic devices (PLD), field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), discrete logic, or other hardware circuits, software, and/or firmware, or other machine executable instructions to perform the functions explained in the following description. The control circuit 2760 can be in signal communication with a memory that is configured to store instructions executable by the control circuit 2760. The instructions stored within the memory constitute a computer program product comprising instructions which, when executed by the processor, cause it to perform as required. Such instructions may also be stored on any computer-readable medium (such as an optical disc, an SD card, a USB drive, etc., or a memory of a separate device), from which they may be copied into the memory or executed directly. The process of copying or direct execution involves the creation of a data carrier signal carrying the computer program product.
[0113] In one aspect, the control circuit 2760 may be configured or programmed to sense multiple longitudinal and lateral locations within the end effector 2752 independently and to use these different sensed locations with a localized predetermined return path to sense changes in the impedance of tissue grasped between the anvil 2766 and the cartridge 2768 both laterally and longitudinally to be able to detect any specific tissue mid-thickness measure by triangulating at least two interconnected session combinations. For example, the sensors 2788 may comprise an array of impedance sensors distributed laterally and longitudinally along the length of the stapler jaws, i.e., the cartridge 2768 and anvil 2766. As the jaws are closing, the control circuit 2760 may track the local impedance over time during the course of the jaw closure for each sensor, based on readings from the timer/counter 2781 , or using software timing techniques. This time history can be used to infer, if present, regions of heterogeneous impedance values - where there are distinct changes or anomalies that mark a particular location. These baseline location(s) are noted and tracked as firing is initiated. Once initiated, the position histories of these locations is tracked and used for feedback control of the firing process. In another example, the control circuit may be configured or programmed to modify functions of the surgical instrument 2750 to alter tissue flow during firing of the I-beam 2764 including changing the firing speed, pauses (complete stops) in firing, closure force, among other parameters. [0114] In other aspects, the control circuit 2760 may be configured or programmed to predict an amount of tissue flow occurring in the jaws of the end effector 2752 by monitoring the sensors 2788. Knowledge of tissue type from situational awareness and/or other device sensed measures, e.g., rate of change of closure load during closure, rate of change of closure load after closure is complete, etc. can be used by the control circuit 2760 to predict tissue flow. Accordingly, in one aspect, the control circuit 2760 is configured or programmed to determine tissue type or condition by combining tissue flow during jaw closure with force feedback of the anvil 2766 closure system.
[0115] In another example, the predictions can be further refined by using the sensors 2788 to measure tissue impedance, among other parameters, detect rigid or foreign objects in the jaws, measure magnitude of tissue impedance, measure tissue flow during jaw closure, etc. In another example, the control circuit 2760 may execute a jaw closure algorithm to sense tissue movements during closure as an indicator of the potential effect of each change during firing of the I-beam 2764. For example, at a first closure rate, the control circuit 2760 estimates the magnitude I direction of tissue flow, adjusts the closure rate of the jaws, and observes or records the changes in tissue flow within the jaws. In another example, the control circuit 2760 may be configured or programmed to predict post-fire tissue position by utilizing closure flow in combination with closure force feedback prior to firing to provide feedback to surgeon and allowing an opportunity to reposition the end effector 2752 to ensure tissue is fully captured in cut the line of the end effector 2752.
[0116] In other aspects, the control circuit 2760 may be configured or programmed to receive data for various configurations of the sensors 2788 to monitor and interrogate tissue. This may include, monitoring tissue impedance, and tracking the impedance of the tissue across a single electrode or segmented electrode set configured along the length of the cartridge 2788. The control circuit 2760 may be configured or programmed to monitor spectrographic impedance by utilizing sweeps of different frequencies and monitoring the tissue impedance to the power and frequency to determine the physiological composition of the tissue, monitoring capacitance of the tissue, and determining the tissue characteristics and gap relationship of the jaws to determine the amount of tissue present within the jaws. In another aspect, the control circuit 2760 may be configured or programmed to measure light transmissivity, refractivity or Doppler effects to determine tissue characteristics. Local light refractivity analysis may be employed to determine the surface conditions of the tissue to monitor irregularities within the tissue captured between the jaws. The control circuit 2760 may be configured or programmed to monitor local moving particles of tissue using Doppler effect frequency analysis of the light. [0117] In one aspect, a timer/counter 2781 provides an output signal, such as the elapsed time or a digital count, to the control circuit 2760 to correlate the position of the I-beam 2764 as determined by the position sensor 2784 with the output of the timer/counter 2781 such that the control circuit 2760 can determine the position of the I-beam 2764 at a specific time (t) relative to a starting position. The timer/counter 2781 may be configured to measure elapsed time, count external events, or time external events. In other aspects, the timer/counter 2781 may be employed to measure elapsed time to monitor the sensors 2788 over time to detect moving characteristics of tissue located in the jaws of the end effector 2752.
[0118] The control circuit 2760 may generate a motor set point signal 2772. The motor set point signal 2772 may be provided to a motor controller 2758. The motor controller 2758 may comprise one or more circuits configured to provide a motor drive signal 2774 to the motor 2754 to drive the motor 2754 as described herein. In some examples, the motor 2754 may be a brushed DC electric motor. For example, the velocity of the motor 2754 may be proportional to the motor drive signal 2774. In some examples, the motor 2754 may be a brushless DC electric motor and the motor drive signal 2774 may comprise a PWM signal provided to one or more stator windings of the motor 2754. Also, in some examples, the motor controller 2758 may be omitted, and the control circuit 2760 may generate the motor drive signal 2774 directly.
[0119] The motor 2754 may receive power from an energy source 2762. The energy source 2762 may be or include a battery, a super capacitor, or any other suitable energy source. The motor 2754 may be mechanically coupled to the I-beam 2764 via a transmission 2756. The transmission 2756 may include one or more gears or other linkage components to couple the motor 2754 to the I-beam 2764. A position sensor 2784 may sense a position of the I-beam 2764. The position sensor 2784 may be or include any type of sensor that is capable of generating position data that indicate a position of the I-beam 2764. In some examples, the position sensor 2784 may include an encoder configured to provide a series of pulses to the control circuit 2760 as the I-beam 2764 translates distally and proximally. The control circuit 2760 may track the pulses to determine the position of the I-beam 2764. Other suitable position sensors may be used, including, for example, a proximity sensor. Other types of position sensors may provide other signals indicating motion of the I-beam 2764. Also, in some examples, the position sensor 2784 may be omitted. Where the motor 2754 is a stepper motor, the control circuit 2760 may track the position of the I-beam 2764 by aggregating the number and direction of steps that the motor 2754 has been instructed to execute. The position sensor 2784 may be located in the end effector 2752 or at any other portion of the instrument. [0120] The control circuit 2760 may be in communication with one or more sensors 2788 located in the end effector 2752. The sensors 2788 may be positioned in the end effector 2752 and adapted to operate with the surgical instrument 2750 to measure various derived parameters such as gap distance versus time, tissue compression versus time, anvil strain versus time, tissue movement versus time, tissue impedance, tissue capacitance, spectroscopic impedance, light transmissivity, refractivity or Doppler effects, among other parameters. The sensors 2788 may comprise a magnetic sensor, a magnetic field sensor, a strain gauge, a pressure sensor, a force sensor, an inductive sensor such as an eddy current sensor, a resistive sensor, a capacitive sensor, an optical sensor, and/or any other suitable sensor for measuring one or more parameters of the end effector 2752. The sensors 2788 may include one or more sensors.
[0121] The one or more sensors 2788 may comprise a strain gauge, such as a micro-strain gauge, configured to measure the magnitude of the strain in the anvil 2766 during a clamped condition. The strain gauge provides an electrical signal whose amplitude varies with the magnitude of the strain. The sensors 2788 may comprise a pressure sensor configured to detect a pressure generated by the presence of compressed tissue between the anvil 2766 and the cartridge 2768. The sensors 2788 may be configured to detect impedance of a tissue section located between the anvil 2766 and the cartridge 2768 that is indicative of the thickness and/or fullness of tissue located therebetween.
[0122] The sensors 2788 may be is configured to measure forces exerted on the anvil 2766 by a closure drive system. For example, one or more sensors 2788 can be at an interaction point between a closure tube and the anvil 2766 to detect the closure forces applied by a closure tube to the anvil 2766. The forces exerted on the anvil 2766 can be representative of the tissue compression experienced by the tissue section captured between the anvil 2766 and the cartridge 2768. The one or more sensors 2788 can be positioned at various interaction points along the closure drive system to detect the closure forces applied to the anvil 2766 by the closure drive system. The one or more sensors 2788 may be sampled in real time during a clamping operation by a processor of the control circuit 2760. The control circuit 2760 receives real-time sample measurements to provide and analyze time-based information and assess, in real time, closure forces applied to the anvil 2766.
[0123] A current sensor 2786 can be employed to measure the current drawn by the motor 2754. The force required to advance the I-beam 2764 corresponds to the current drawn by the motor 2754. The force is converted to a digital signal and provided to the control circuit 2760. [0124] The drive system of the surgical instrument 2750 is configured to drive the displacement member, cutting member, or I-beam 2764, by a brushed DC motor with gearbox and mechanical links to an articulation and/or knife system. Another example is the electric motor 2754 that operates the displacement member and the articulation driver, for example, of an interchangeable shaft assembly. An outside influence is an unmeasured, unpredictable influence of things like tissue, surrounding bodies and friction on the physical system. Such outside influence can be referred to as drag which acts in opposition to the electric motor 2754. The outside influence, such as drag, may cause the operation of the physical system to deviate from a desired operation of the physical system.
[0125] Various example aspects are directed to a surgical instrument 2750 comprising an end effector 2752 with motor-driven surgical stapling and cutting implements. For example, a motor 2754 may drive a displacement member distally and proximally along a longitudinal axis of the end effector 2752. The end effector 2752 may comprise a pivotable anvil 2766 and, when configured for use, a cartridge 2768 positioned opposite the anvil 2766. A clinician may grasp tissue between the anvil 2766 and the cartridge 2768, as described herein. When ready to use the instrument 2750, the clinician may provide a firing signal, for example by depressing a trigger of the instrument 2750. In response to the firing signal, the motor 2754 may drive the displacement member distally along the longitudinal axis of the end effector 2752 from a proximal stroke begin position to a stroke end position distal of the stroke begin position. As the displacement member translates distally, an I-beam 2764 with a cutting element positioned at a distal end, may cut the tissue between the cartridge 2768 and the anvil 2766.
[0126] In various examples, the control circuit 2760 may be configured or programmed to control the distal translation of the displacement member, such as the I-beam 2764, for example, based on one or more tissue conditions. The control circuit 2760 may be configured or programmed to sense tissue conditions, such as thickness, flow, impedance, capacitance, light transmissivity, either directly or indirectly, as described herein. The control circuit 2760 may be configured or programmed to select a firing control program based on tissue conditions. A firing control program may describe the distal motion of the displacement member. Different firing control programs may be selected to better treat different tissue conditions. For example, when thicker tissue is present, the control circuit 2760 may be configured or programmed to translate the displacement member at a lower velocity and/or with lower power. When thinner tissue is present, the control circuit 2760 may be configured or programmed to translate the displacement member at a higher velocity and/or with higher power. [0127] The entire disclosures of U.S. Patent No. 8,622,274, entitled MOTORIZED CUTTING AND FASTENING INSTRUMENT HAVING CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPTIMIZING BATTERY USAGE, U.S. Patent No. 10,135,242, entitled SMART CARTRIDGE WAKE UP OPERATION AND DATA RETENTION, U.S. Patent No. 10,548,504, entitled OVERLAID MULTI SENSOR RADIO FREQUENCY (RF) ELECTRODE SYSTEM TO MEASURE TISSUE COMPRESSION, U.S. Patent No. 9,993,248, entitled SMART SENSORS WITH LOCAL SIGNAL PROCESSING, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0256071 , entitled OVERLAID MULTI SENSOR RADIO FREQUENCY (RF) ELECTRODE SYSTEM TO MEASURE TISSUE COMPRESSION, now U.S. Patent No. 10,548,504, U.S. Patent Application No. 2018/0168625, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENTS WITH SMART STAPLE CARTRIDGES, U.S. Patent Application No. 2018/0250002, entitled POWERED SURGICAL DEVICES HAVING TISSUE SENSING FUNCTION, and International Patent Publication No. WO 2018/049206, entitled STAPLER RELOAD DETECTION AND IDENTIFICATION, and U.S. Patent Application No. 16/354,470, entitled are incorporated by reference herein.
[0128] The entire disclosures of U.S. Patent No. 4,785,180, titled OPTOELECTRIC SYSTEM HOUSED IN A PLASTIC SPHERE, issued November 15, 1988, U.S. Patent No. 6,804,012, titled ARRANGEMENT FOR THE DETECTION OF RELATIVE MOVEMENTS OR RELATIVE POSITION OF TWO OBJECTS, issued October 12, 2004, European Patent Application No. 1 ,850,210, titled OPTOELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR DETERMINING RELATIVE MOVEMENTS OR RELATIVE POSITIONS OF TWO OBJECTS, published October 31 , 2007, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0001919, titled USER INTERFACE DEVICE, published January 3, 2008; and U.S. Patent No. 7,516,675, titled JOYSTICK SENSOR APPARATUS, issued April 14, 2009 are incorporated by reference herein. Generally, these references describe multi-dimensional input devices and/or sensor arrangements.
[0129] The entire disclosures of U.S. Patent Application No. 16/354,470 U.S., titled SEGMENTED CONTROL INPUTS FOR SURGICAL ROBOTIC SYSTEMS, filed March 15, 2019, U.S. Patent No. 4,785,180, titled OPTOELECTRIC SYSTEM HOUSED IN A PLASTIC SPHERE, issued November 15, 1988, U.S. Patent No. 6,804,012, titled ARRANGEMENT FOR THE DETECTION OF RELATIVE MOVEMENTS OR RELATIVE POSITION OF TWO OBJECTS, issued October 12, 2004, European Patent Application No. 1 ,850,210, titled OPTOELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR DETERMINING RELATIVE MOVEMENTS OR RELATIVE POSITIONS OF TWO OBJECTS, published October 31 , 2007, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0001919, titled USER INTERFACE DEVICE, published January 3, 2008; U.S. Patent No. 7,516,675, titled JOYSTICK SENSOR APPARATUS, issued April 14, 2009, and U.S. Patent Application No. 15/940,627, titled DRIVE ARRANGEMENTS FOR ROBOT- ASSISTED SURGICAL PLATFORMS, filed March 29, 2018, are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. Generally, these references describe robotic surgical systems and multi-dimensional input devices and/or sensor arrangements.
[0130] Referring now to FIG. 10, a system 3000 for detecting tissue and foreign objects during a surgical operation is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure. According to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 10, the system 3000 can include a surgical instrument 3002, which can be similarly configured to the surgical instrument 10000 of FIG. 1 and a computing device 3004. Although the surgical instrument 3002 of FIG. 1 is connected to the computing device 3002 via a cable, the surgical instrument 3002 can be configured for any form of wired and/or wireless communication with the computing device 3004. As used herein, the term “computing device” can include any server, personal computer, laptop, tablet, and/or mobile phone, amongst other devices communicably coupled to a display and capable of generating a user interface associated with use of the surgical instrument 3002. According to some non-limiting aspects, the computing device 3004 can be further configured to control the surgical instrument 3002 during the surgical operation. Although, according to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 1 , the surgical instrument 3002 is a handheld surgical stapler, the present disclosure contemplates other non-limiting aspects wherein the surgical instrument 3002 is robotically configured. Alternately, the surgical instrument 3002 can be an electrosurgical instrument configured to perform surgical operations via ultrasonic and/or RF energy.
[0131] In certain aspects, the computing device 3004 is a component of a surgical hub in wired and/or in wireless communication with the surgical instrument 3000. Various suitable surgical hubs are disclosed in U.S Patent Application No. 16/209,453, titled METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SMART ENERGY DEVICES, and filed December 4, 2018, which is hereby incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
[0132] In further reference to FIG. 10, the surgical instrument 3002 can include sensors, such as one or more electrodes 3012 positioned within an end effector 3014 coupled to the distal end of a shaft 3010. However, according to other non-limiting aspects, other sensors can be utilized to achieve a similar effect. According to some non-limiting aspects, an array of electrodes 3012 can be positioned within the end effector 3014. For example, according to some non-limiting aspects, the array can include 16 electrodes 3012. According to other non-limiting aspects, the electrodes 3012 can be positioned in a segmented configuration, as previously discussed. The electrodes 3012 can be electrically coupled through the inside of a hollow cavity defined by the shaft 3010 such that they can be connected to electronics positioned within a handle portion 3008 of the surgical instrument 3002. For example, the handle portion 3008 can include processing electronics configured to process signals passed by the electrodes 3012. Such electronics can include impedance measuring electronics, which can determine an electrical impedance of media positioned between jaws of the end effector 3014 based on the signals passed by the electrodes 3012. Alternately and/or additionally, electronics within the handle portion 3008 can transmit signals received from the electrodes 3012 to a connected computing device 3004 for further processing.
[0133] Accordingly, during a surgical operation, such as an intraoperative stapling procedure, the surgical instrument 3002 can be used to generate real-time electrical impedance measurements based on signals received from the electrodes 3012. These signals can be processed along with other variables, such as selected inputs, using a model and/or algorithm, which can be used to detect media within the jaws of the end effector 3014 and determine characteristics of said media, such as a location and/or a condition of the media. Accordingly, the system 3000 of FIG. 10 can be used to detect both tissue and foreign objects (e.g., NGtubes, staples, etc.) within the jaws of the end effector 3014. The algorithmic results can be communicated to a display of a communicably coupled computing device 3004. According to some non-limiting aspects, the system 3000 does not require a computing device 3004 and the display (e.g., an LED screen, etc.) can be integrated into the handle portion 3008 of the surgical instrument 3002. According to other non-limiting aspects, the display can be a component of a console for a robotically assisted device. In still other non-limiting aspects, no display is required by the system 3000 and either the surgical instrument 3002 or the computing device 3004 can be configured to emit an audible notification associated with the algorithmic results. Furthermore, according to some non-limiting aspects, one or more depicted components of the system 3000 of FIG. 10 can include a clock circuit configured to measure passing time. Accordingly, the system 3000 of FIG. 3 can be configured to communicate the algorithmic results and thus, information associated with the detected media within the jaws of the end effector 3014 to an operating clinician.
[0134] As such, an algorithm, which will be described in further detail herein, can be used in conjunction with various surgical instruments, including the instrument 3000 of FIG. 10, or the robotically controlled instrument 5100 of FIG. 3, to detect and/or characterize various media (e.g., tissue, foreign objects, etc.) positioned within the jaws of an end effector in real time. Referring now to FIG. 11 , a user interface 3015 displayed by the computing device 3004 of the system 3000 of FIG. 10 is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure. One or more components of the system 3000 (FIG. 10) can include a memory configured to store the algorithm. For example, according to some non-limiting aspects, the algorithm can be stored within a memory of the computing device 3004. However, according to other non-limiting aspects, the algorithm can be stored within a memory of the surgical instrument 3002. Regardless, the algorithm can be implemented to generate one or more components of the user interface 3015 of FIG. 11 .
[0135] According to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 11 , the user interface 3015 can include an image of the end effector 3014 of the surgical instrument 3002 (FIG. 10) grabbing a tissue sample 3016 within a patient. For example, the image can be generated via one or more image sensors implemented by the system 3000 (FIG. 10). For example, the image sensor can be mounted on or around the surgical instrument 3002 (FIG. 10). The user interface 3015 can further include a widget 3018 overlaying the image, with a digital representation of the end effector 3020. The digital representation of the end effector 3020 can include a first portion 3022 corresponding to the tissue sample 3016 within the jaws of the end effector 3014, as detected by the electrodes 3012 (FIG. 10). The digital representation of the end effector 3020 can further include a second portion 3024 corresponding to a foreign object within the jaws of the end effector 3014, as detected by the electrodes 3012 (FIG. 10). Accordingly, the widget 3018 can visually communicate the specific composition and/or location of various media positioned within the jaws of the end effector 3014 to an operating clinician. This can enhance the surgical operation because the operating clinician can identify exactly what objects are positioned within the end effector 3014 as well as the specific location of those objects within the end effector 3014. In other words, the system 3000 of FIG. 10 can provide in-operative, real-time feedback regarding the location of tissue and/or foreign objects within the jaws of the end effector 14. This feedback can be implemented to prevent inadvertent damage and/or critical errors to surrounding structures during a surgical operation, such as a stapling procedure. Detection algorithms can be light and efficient and thus, suitable for on-board electronics deployment for both handheld and/or robotics surgical platforms.
[0136] Algorithms can generate the digital representation of the end effector 3020 — including the first and second portions 3022, 3024 — based on media parameters (e.g., impedance) that can be algorithmically determined based on signals received from the electrodes 3012 (FIG. 10) positioned within the end effector 3014. For example, the electrodes 3012 (FIG. 10) can be utilized to detect an electrical impedance of the media positioned within the jaws of the end effector 3014, which can vary significantly based on the material composition of the media. Accordingly, the determined electrical impedance can correspond to a particular type of media positioned within the jaws of the end effector 3014, such as different types of tissue, other biological material with varying properties (e.g., blood, blood vessels, veins, etc.), an interaction between a tool and/or tissue, a foreign object (e.g., staples, tubes, etc.), and/or varying clinical environments the end effector is placed in, amongst other forms of media.
[0137] However, it may be difficult to identify the boundaries of parameter variations, such as electrical impedance, in certain situations. Accordingly, in some non-limiting aspects, an algorithm can use signals from the electrodes 3012 (FIG. 10) to first detect non-tissue media within the jaws of the end effector 3014, which may correspond to anomalous parameters (e.g., impedances) relative to biologic media positioned within the jaws. In other words, non-tissue media between the jaws of the end effector 3014 may be more easily classified, as they may only correspond to a few categories of media. Media such as air, liquids, and/or foreign objects positioned within the end effector 3014 can result in signals that will result in different algorithmically determined parameters (e.g., impedances) relative to biologic media (e.g., tissue) positioned within the end effector 3014 and thus, such media can be easier to detect and distinguish via a user interface, such as the user interface 3015 of FIG. 11.
[0138] Referring now to FIG. 12, a chart 3100 illustrating a parameter (e.g., impedance) measured by the system 3000 of FIG. 10 in time is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure. According to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 12, the chart 3100 can include illustrate how a magnitude of the impedance can vary by location, as illustrated by the x-axis, and time, as illustrated by the y-axis. The location can be determined via the impedance measured based on electrical parameters (e.g., voltage) generated by various groupings of electrodes 3012 (FIG. 10) installed within the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10). Time can be measured via any desired duration, though according to some aspects time can be measured in seconds to promote the real-time capabilities of the system 3000 (FIG. 10) and algorithm.
[0139] In further reference to FIG. 12, the chart 3100 conceptually illustrates the detection results, including classifications of media detected within the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10), which can be illustrated using different colors and/or patterns to enhance the visual distinction along the x-axis as time elapses, as represented along the y-axis. In other words, the chart 3000 of FIG. 12 can represent impedance detected by various groups of electrodes 3012 (FIG. 10) positioned within the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10) in time, which can be used to characterize the composition and location of various media positioned within the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10) as the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10) open and close, clamping down on and compressing said media. As illustrated by the chart 3100 of FIG. 12, an algorithm, can be used to detect a first media 3102 positioned between electrode group numbers 0 and 5, a second media 3104 positioned between electrode group numbers 5 and 10, a third media 3106 positioned between electrode group numbers 10 and 20, and a fourth media 3108 positioned beyond electrode group number 20. For example, the algorithm may determine, based on impedance determined based on signals received from the electrodes, that the first media 3102 is a fluid (e.g., blood), the second media 3104 is a foreign object (e.g., a staple, a NGtube, etc.), the third media 3106 is a tissue sample, and the fourth media 3108 is air, meaning the end effectors are open and/or nothing is positioned between the jaws beyond electrode group number 20. In fact, the third media 3106 is identifiable as a tissue sample based upon the compression exhibited by the stepped peak of impedance signal detected between electrode group numbers 10 and 20. It shall be appreciated that, as used herein, an impedance signal can include a variety of signal parameters, including a magnitude and/or a phase, amongst others. Moreover, impedance signals and their respective parameters can be measured in the time domain and/or the frequency domain, amongst others.
[0140] Referring now to FIG. 13, a logic flow diagram of a method 3200 of detecting and locating media within the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10) of the system 3000 of FIG 10 is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure.
According to some non-limiting aspects, the system 3000 (FIG. 10) can include a control circuit, such as the control circuit 2760 of FIG. 9, and a memory configured to control an algorithm, wherein the algorithm is configured to cause the control circuit to perform the method 3200 of FIG. 13. According to some non-limiting aspects, the control circuit and/or memory can be positioned within the surgical instrument 3002 (FIG. 10). According to other non-limiting aspects, the control circuit and/or memory can be positioned within the computing device 3004 (FIG. 10). According to still other non-limiting aspects, the memory can be positioned in a remotely located server (not shown), such as a cloud-based analytics system configured to communicate with various surgical instruments 3002 (FIG. 10) and computing devices 3004 (FIG. 10).
[0141] Specifically, FIG. 13 illustrates the main steps of data flow associated with the determination of a parameter (e.g., impedance, etc.), including recordation 3206, processing 3214, and result generation and communication 3219. The algorithm logic will allow the detection and feedback of tissue locations and foreign objects, if present, within the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10), with block-level placeholders for the algorithmic detection of anomalies and foreign objects 3216 and the detection foreign objects 3218, which are described in more detail in reference to FIGS. 14 and 15, respectively. Of course, the method 3200 of FIG. 13 is merely illustrative, and the illustrated processes of the method 3200 are non-exclusive. According to other non-limiting aspects, the method 3200 may include more steps or fewer steps than are depicted in FIG. 13.
[0142] According to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 13, the method 3200 can include commencing 3202 the detection process, including initiating and activating 3204 the sensors (e.g., electrodes 3012 of FIG. 10) to take measurements. If the sensors 3012 (FIG. 10) are not activated for measurements, the sensors 3012 (FIG. 10) should be activated. The method 3200 can further include recording 3206 data associated with the determined parameter (e.g., impedance, etc.) based on signals received from electrodes 3012 (FIG. 10) of the surgical instrument 3002 (FIG. 10) and checking 3208 the signal quality. If the quality exceeds a predetermined margin of error, the system 3000 (FIG. 10) may issue a warning that the sensors have failed or are generating data of insufficient quality. According to some non-limiting aspects, the warning can be a visual alert provided via a display, such as a display coupled to the computing device 3004 (FIG. 10) or embedded within the surgical instrument 3002 (FIG. 10), itself. According to other non-limiting aspects, the warning can be an audible alert provided via the surgical instrument 3002 (FIG. 10) and/or computing device 3004 (FIG. 10).
[0143] Still referring to FIG. 13, the method 3200 can further include filtering and preprocessing 3212 data streams associated with the surgical instrument 3002 (FIG. 10), and processing 3214 them accordingly using an algorithm. The method 3200 can further include algorithmically detecting 3216 whether there is a foreign object 3218 and/or fluid 3220 within the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10). If either determination is affirmative, the system 3000 (FIG. 10) can issue 3219 a warning to the operating clinician. Once again, the warning can either include a visual and/or audible alert. If not, the method 3200 can include determining 3222 if there is an open circuit at the location, or, determining 3224 if there is tissue at the location. The method 3200 can further include determining 3226 whether the detection methods should be repeated for a subsequent time period and, if the determination is affirmative, the method 3200 can be repeated from the filtering and preprocessing 3212 step. If the algorithm determines that the detection method should not be repeated, the method 3200 can be terminated 3228.
[0144] In other words, the method 3200 can include sensing that is automatically triggered/turned on by users (e.g., surgeons, operating clinicians, etc.) during a procedure, such as a surgical stapling procedure. The method 3200 can include the determination of real-time parameters, such as impedance measurements, based on signals received from sensors, such as each electrode 3012 (FIG. 10) within the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10), which are algorithmically processed to determine an impedance characteristic (or “feature”) of the media positioned within the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10). According to some non-limiting aspects, the impedance feature can be the impedance magnitude at a pre-determined frequency. According to some non-limiting aspects, one or more frequencies can be selected. For example, it may be preferable to use a frequency of approximately 100 kHz. Furthermore, the method 3200 can record and track impedance features over time. Once determined, such impedance features can be used as inputs to the media detection model and/or algorithm.
[0145] A detection model, via built-in algorithmic logic, can differentiate the presence and/or location of various media, such as tissue and non-tissue mediums, positioned within the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10), which will be described in further detail in reference to FIG. 14. Non-tissue media can be air, indicating that the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10) are open. Alternately and/or additionally, non-tissue media can include liquids (e.g., blood) and/or foreign objects (e.g., staples, NGtubes, etc.). The non-tissue media can be detected via anomalies. The location of media such as tissue can then be detected after non-tissue mediums location are effectively identified. The algorithm can then classify the results, marking it as tissue, air, liquids, and/or foreign objects based on the determined impedances, and the classified results can be visually displayed via the system 3000 (FIG. 10). Furthermore, the method 3200 can include combining detection results from pairs of electrodes 3012 (FIG. 10) (e.g., a driven electrode and corresponding return electrode) of an array of electrodes 3012 (FIG. 10) to provide the location information of the detected tissue and non-tissue media along the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10). According to some non-limiting aspects, some detection results can be selectively displayed in real-time, depending on a particular step of the surgical operation. As such, the system 3000 (FIG. 10) can provide critical and timely feedback to operating clinicians.
[0146] Referring now to FIG. 14, a logic flow diagram of the method 3216 of detecting an anomaly as part of the method 3200 of FIG. 13, is depicted in accordance with at least one nonlimiting aspect of the present disclosure. According to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 14, data outputs from the processing 3214 step of the method 3200 of FIG. 13 can be used to perform the anomaly detecting 3216 step of the method 3200 of FIG. 13, which begins by extracting, or algorithmically determining 3232, an impedance signal value at selected frequencies for each electrode 3012 (FIG. 10) of an electrode group positioned within the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10) of the system 3000 of FIG. 10. Once again, according to some non-limiting aspects, one or more frequencies can be selected. The determination 3232 can be based on signals received from each electrode 3012 (FIG. 10). The determined impedance signal values can be correlated with a particular time within the time domain, illustrated along the y-axis of the chart 3100 of FIG. 12. According to other non-limiting aspects, the determined parameter can be another characteristic of the media positioned within the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10) and can be determined based on signals received form sensors other than the electrode 3012 (FIG. 10).
[0147] According to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 14, once the impedance value is determined, the method 316 can further include a series of comparisons 3234, 3236, 3238 of the determined impedance value to one or more predetermined thresholds. For example, according to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 14, the method 3216 can include a determination 3234 of whether the determined impedance value is less than a predetermined threshold associated with an open circuit. If the determined impedance value is not less than the predetermined threshold associated with an open circuit, the algorithm can determine that open jaw (air media in jaw) has been detected, and classify the associated electrode 3012 (FIG. 10) group as “open.” If the determined impedance value is less than the predetermined threshold associated with an open circuit, the method 3216 can further include a determination 3236 of whether the determined impedance value is greater than a predetermined threshold associated with a fluid. If the determined impedance value is not greater than the predetermined threshold associated with a fluid, the algorithm can determine that fluid has been detected, and classify the associated electrode 3012 (FIG. 10) group as “fluid.” If the determined impedance value is greater than the predetermined threshold associated with a fluid, the method 3016 can proceed to a determination 3218 of whether a foreign object is present within the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10), as illustrated in the method 3200 of FIG. 13. If the algorithm determines that no foreign object is present within the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10), the algorithm can determine that tissue is present within the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10) and classify the associated electrode 3012 (FIG. 10) group as “tissue.” If a foreign object is detected within the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10), the method 3016 can proceed to a determination 3240 of whether the foreign object is detected for a predetermined time and for more than two neighboring electrode 3012 (FIG. 10) groups. If the algorithm determines that the foreign object is detected for a predetermined time and for more than two neighboring electrode 3012 (FIG. 10) groups, the algorithm can determine that a foreign object is present within the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10), classify the associated electrode 3012 (FIG. 10) groups as “foreign object,” and record a location within the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10) that is associated with the foreign object. In fact, the algorithmic method 3216 can further record a location within the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10) that is associated with the open classification, the fluids classification, and/or the tissue classification, as well. If the algorithm determines that the foreign object is not detected for a predetermined time and/or that the foreign object is not detected for more than two neighboring electrode 3012 (FIG. 10) groups, the algorithm can determine 3241 that there is noise and/or a nuisance that led to the initial detection 3218 of the foreign object.
[0148] In further reference to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 14, it may be preferable to calibrate the electrodes 3014 such that impedance signal values can be determined at a specific frequency or frequencies. According to some non-limiting aspects, one or more frequencies can be selected. For example, it may be preferable to determine the impedance signal values at frequencies ranging from 5kHz to 500 kHz. According to some non-limiting aspect, it may be preferable to determine the impedance signal values at a frequency of 100 kHz, which would allow the threshold values considered during the various comparison steps 3234, 3236, 3218, 3240 can be empirically learned. Accordingly, the algorithm and/or models can be particularly configured to require fewer inputs, which can reduce a computational burden, maintain the simplicity and robustness of the method 3200, and therefore, enable the method 3200 to be deployed via real-time, on-board electronics. Accordingly, an algorithm and methods 3200, 3216 of FIGS. 13 and 14 represent a technological improvement over conventional methods of detecting media within the jaws of an end effector, which can require extensive processing requirements that may be prohibitive to on-board deployments. Experimental results, such as those generated in the experiment described in reference to the user interface of FIG. 18, exhibit that the algorithmic methods 3200, 3216 of FIGS. 13 and 14 can be more efficient and effective than conventional means of media detection, improve surgical outcomes, and can enhance patient safety relative to conventional means.
[0149] Referring now to FIG. 15, a logic flow diagram of the method 3218 of detecting the presence of a foreign object within the jaws of an end effector 3014 (FIG. 10), as part of the methods 3200, 3216 of FIGS. 13 and 14, is depicted in accordance with at least one nonlimiting aspect of the present disclosure. As previously discussed, the algorithmic method 3216 of FIG. 14 can detect 3244 and classify air and/or a medium positioned within the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10). For example, the algorithmic method 3216 (FIG. 14) can detect 3244 an open circuit and thus, a significant drop in the impedance value determined between one or more electrode 3012 (FIG. 10) groups. Alternately and/or additionally, the algorithmic method 3216 (FIG. 14) can detect 3244 a media that has contacted the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10) based on a magnitude of the determined impedance value. As previously discussed, the impedance signals can be determined as a function of frequency and/or multiple frequencies, electrode 3012 (FIG. 10) group, and/or time, depending on user preference and/or intended application.
[0150] According to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 15, the method 3218 can further include tracking 3246 the determined impedance signals over time and record certain data points of interest. For example, it may be preferable to record a minimum impedance signal value tracked during a period of time. The method 3218 can further include calculating 3248 a ratio of any determined impedance signal value relative to the data points of interest, such as a minimum impedance signal value tracked during a period of time. The method 3218 can further include determining 3250 whether the ratio is greater than a predetermined threshold, such as a predetermined threshold over a predetermined time period. If the algorithm determines that the ratio is not greater than the predetermined threshold, it will continue calculating 3248 ratio in time. However, if the algorithm determines that the ratio is greater than the predetermined threshold, it can determine 3252 that a foreign object (e.g., a staple, a bougie, an NGtube, etc.) is present within the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10).
[0151] Still referring to FIG. 15, according to some non-limiting aspects, the featured input for the algorithmic method 3218 of foreign object detection can be a calculated ratio of impedance signal at a specific frequency relative to its minimum value marked at jaw-tissue contacting moment. For example, according to some non-limiting aspects, it may be preferable to calculate the impedance signals and rations at a frequency of 100 kHz. Additionally and/or alternately, threshold values can be empirically learned. According to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 15, the method 3218 can be deployed to detect foreign objects such as NGtubes, and/or other tube-like objects. However, according to other non-limiting aspect, other foreign objects can be detected using similar techniques. Experimental results of the method 3218 of FIG. 15 are further described in reference to FIG. 17, including a distinct pattern of impedance responses for NGtube and/or a tissue sample positioned within the jaws of an end effector 3012 (FIG. 10). It can be possible to characterize different impedance response patterns associated with different foreign objects of interest. Correspondingly, the algorithmic logic can be altered to detect various foreign objects, while employing substantially a similar functional approach, as illustrated in FIG. 15.
[0152] Referring now to FIG. 16, a chart 3300 illustrating example results of the methods 3200, 3216, 3218 of FIGS. 13-15 is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure. As depicted by the chart 3300 of FIG. 16, different media 3304, 3306 3308, 3310, 3312 can have different determined impedance signals at different frequencies. For example, the chart 3300 of FIG. 16 illustrates impedance signals for blood 3304, lung tissue 3306, peritoneal fluid 3308, saline 3310, and stomach tissue 3312. Moreover, the chart of FIG. 16 depicts impedance signals taken over a particular frequency range of interest 3302. According to some non-limiting aspects, the frequency range of interest can be approximately between 10 kHz and 150kHz. Furthermore, the chart 3300 of FIG. 16 depicts how a group of fluids 3314 can have lower determined impedance signals relative to other media detected within the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10). In other words, non-tissue media, including the blood 3304, the peritoneal fluid 3308, and the saline 3310 can be easily differentiable from tissue, such as the lung tissue 3306 and the stomach tissue 3312, as previously discussed. Specifically, the chart 3300 of FIG. 16 is a bode (e.g., frequency vs magnitude) boxplot that summarizes impedance signal variation of all the data collected from various experiments for tissue and fluids, including pig lung 3306, pig stomach tissue 3312, saline 3310, blood 3304, and peritoneal fluids 3308. However, it is anticipated that similar results, including the distinguishable difference in impedance signals determined for the fluid 3304, 3308, 3310, would be present for human-oriented implementations.
[0153] Referring now to FIGS. 17A-C, another chart 3400 illustrating experimental results of the methods of FIGS. 13-15 is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure. Specifically, FIGS. 17B and 17C illustrate portion of interest of chart 3400 in more detail. Furthermore, the chart 3400 has been annotated to illustrate notable features of the experimental results. According to the non-limiting aspect of FIGS. 17A-C, the chart 3400 can illustrate various impedance signals determined based on signals received from different electrode 3012 (FIG. 10) groups as time elapses. FIG. 17C, specifically, illustrates how patterns of determined impedance responses in time can be quite different for electrode 3012 (FIG. 10) groups associated with locations where a NGtube is present, especially when compared to impedance responses associated with electrode 3012 (FIG. 10) groups associated with locations where a NGtube is not present and only tissue exists between the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10). As time elapses along the domain, the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10) are closing and thus, compressing media (e.g., NGtube, tissue) positioned between the jaws. As the jaws are compressing, particularly between 30 seconds and 40 seconds along the time-domain, the impedance signal is rising at a more dramatic rate for electrode groups 6- 10, where a foreign object, such as an NGtube, is present. This pattern is demonstrably different than the relatively stable impedance signal determined at electrode groups 5 and 11-13, where only tissue is present. Accordingly, the system 3000 (FIG. 10) and more specifically, the control circuit, can generate an alert that communicates the presence and specific location of the detected foreign object to an operating clinician. According to some non-limiting aspects, the alert can be visually displayed via a user interface, such as the user interface 3015 of FIG. 11 . According to other non-limiting aspects, the alert can be audibly communicated via a speaker positioned within the surgical instrument 3002 (FIG. 10) or the computing device 3004 (FIG. 10). [0154] Referring now to FIG. 18, another user interface 3500 displayed by a computing device 3004 of the system of FIG. 10 is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure. According to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 18, the user interface 3500 of FIG. 18 can display image data and a visual representation of the algorithmic results generated during a simulated experiment utilizing the methods 3200, 3216, 3218 of FIGS. 13- 15. Specifically, the user interface 3500 can include an image portion 3502 and a digital representation 3506 of an end effector. However, according to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 18, test equipment is simulating the jaws of an end effector. Once again, the image can be generated via one or more image sensors implemented by the system 3000 (FIG. 10). The user interface 3500 can further include a widget 3504 overlaying the image portion 3502, with a digital representation of the end effector 3506.
[0155] As illustrated in FIG. 18, the simulated end effector is compressing various media. For example, a distal portion of the simulated end effector has no media beneath it, a center portion of the simulated end effector has an NGtube beneath it, and a proximal end of the simulated end effector has tissue beneath it. As previously discussed one or more electrodes 3012 (FIG. 10) can be positioned within an end effector 3014 (FIG. 10), or in the case of FIG. 18, the simulated end effector. The widget 3504 and, more specifically, the digital representation of the end effector 3506 can be color coded, wherein each color can associated with a media detected by the algorithmic methods 3200, 3216, 3218 of FIGS. 13-15, based on calculated impedance signals based on signals passed by the one or more electrodes positioned within the simulated end effector. According to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 18, three media have been detected, including air 3508, tissue 3510, and a foreign object, the NGtube 3512. The digital representation of the end effector 3506 includes a longitudinal scale, corresponding to the relative positions within which the electrodes 3012 (FIG. 10) span from a distal end of the end effector to a proximal end of the end effector. Accordingly, the digital representation of the end effector 3506 is segmented into four colored portions, wherein each portion corresponds to media determined by the algorithmic methods, as detected by the electrodes. For example, according to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 18, the widget 3504 can communicate to an operating clinician that air 3508, tissue 3510, an NGtube 3512, and more tissue 3510 is positioned within the jaws of the simulated end effector, from its distal to its proximal end, in order. [0156] As will be appreciated, the capability to consistently identify the presence of a foreign object beneath the tissue being operated on is imperative. For example, foreign objects can include NGtubes, bougies, previous staple lines, and/or additional, non-tissue objects that could obstruct and/or adversely effect the surgical operation. For example, an operating clinician needs to know whether a surgical instrument, such as the surgical instrument 3002 of FIG. 10, has accidentally clamped down upon a foreign object, prior to the firing of said surgical instrument. If a foreign object, such as an NGtube, lies beneath the tissue, it can be difficult for the operating clinician to know if the surgical instrument has actually clamped on the NGtube, which is not ideal. This lack of certainty and visibility as to what media is between the jaws of the end effector can complicate a surgical operation and lead to less desirable surgical outcomes. Accordingly, to detect and differentiate the presence of these foreign objects from the surrounding tissue, several key patterns have been observed, and an algorithm has been developed to detect the presence of foreign objects. Some of the patterns contemplated by the present disclosure will be discussed in further detail, below.
[0157] Referring now to FIG. 19, another chart 3600 illustrating experimental results of the methods of FIGS. 13-15 is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure. According to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 19, the algorithmic methods 3200 of FIGS. 13-15 have detected stomach tissue 3602 and a foreign object 3604, such as an NGtube, between the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10). However, as the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10) close in time, the determined impedance signal associated with the NGtube 3604 increases whereas the determined impedance signal associated with the stomach tissue 3602 remains relative uniform. Accordingly, this pattern can be used by the algorithmic methods 3200, 3216, 3218 of FIGS. 13-15 and the system 3000 of FIG. 10 to generate a user interface, such as the user interface 3500 of FIG. 18, which can communicate to the operating clinician that a foreign object, such as the NGtube 3604, is present between the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10), as well as the precise location of the NGtube 3604 within the jaws.
[0158] Referring now to FIG. 20, another chart 3700 illustrating experimental results of the methods of FIGS. 13-15 is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure. The chart 3700 of FIG. 20 illustrates a second identifying pattern which can be used by the algorithmic methods 3200, 3216, 3218 of FIGS. 13-15 to detect media positioned between the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10). Specifically, the chart 3700 of FIG. 20 depicts a change in impedance phase over time, which produces a pattern that can be used to differentiate foreign objects from tissue. For example, according to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 20, the algorithmic methods 3200 of FIGS. 13-15 have once again determined impedance signals associated with stomach tissue 3702 and a foreign object 3704, namely, a NGtube, between the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10). However, according to the nonlimiting aspect of FIG. 20, the phase of the foreign object 3704 decreases over time, while the phase for stomach tissue stays relatively constant. Accordingly, this pattern can be used by the algorithmic methods 3200, 3216, 3218 of FIGS. 13-15 and the system 3000 of FIG. 10 to generate a user interface, such as the user interface 3500 of FIG. 18, which can communicate to the operating clinician that a foreign object, such as the NGtube 3704, is present between the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10), as well as the precise location of the NGtube 3704 within the jaws.
[0159] According to some non-limiting aspects, a combination of patterns and trends, including the patterns illustrated in FIGS. 19 and 20, can be collectively implemented to distinguish foreign objects from tissue. Referring now to FIG. 21 , a logic flow diagram of a method 3800 that collectively implements multiple patterns to distinguish detected foreign objects from detected tissue within the jaws of an end effector is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect. According to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 21 , the method 3800 can include the collection of impedance input data 3802, feature extraction 3804, and model development 3806. As previously described, the method 3800 can commence via the receipt of signals from sensors, such as electrodes 3012 (FIG. 10) positioned within the jaws of an end effector 3014 (FIG. 10). Based on such signals, an algorithm can be configured to determine parameters such as impedance signal and impedance phase in time, as illustrated by the input step 3802 of the method 3800 of FIG. 21. These determined measurements can be used to characterize, or extract features 3804, such as a phase shift in time and/or a change in impedance signal in time. These features, and other data, can also be labeled as part of the feature extraction 3804. Finally, the model can be developed 3806. Model development 3806 can include the use of the determined phase shift or change in impedance signal to distinguish various media within the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10). As such, an output from the method 3800 of FIG. 21 can be used to identify various media, such as foreign objects, within the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10) and thus, used by the system 3000 (FIG. 10) to provide a warning to an operating clinician.
[0160] According to other non-limiting aspects, the present disclosure contemplates a support vector machine model for classification of tissue location within the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10). In order to provide tissue location feedback to the surgeon, a robust algorithm that can differentiate between tissue, fluid, and air must be developed. It has been observed that this distinction can be made when using Electrical Impedance Spectroscopy (“EIS”) technology. Machine learning techniques and/or support vector machines can be used to provide such classifications. Such techniques can further assist an operating clinician in visualizing where tissue is located within the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10), to ensure that an entire vessel is fully clamped before performing a surgical operation, such as cutting and/or stapling. This can be challenging to visualize when an operating clinician is operating deep within the body and cannot see the cut line at the distal tip of the device. For example, when firing a surgical instrument, such as a stapler, across a vessel or artery, it may be important to capture the vessel fully within the jaws of the device. Capturing the vessel fully within the jaws can ensure that the surgical operation, such as a cutting and/or sealing of the vessel, occurs all the way across the vessel, thereby preventing blood loss. Sometimes during a procedure, however, it can be difficult to visually identify where the tissue is located within the jaws and if it extends past the cut line.
[0161] Referring now to FIG. 22, a logic flow diagram of a method 3900 of training an algorithmic model to intelligently classify the location of media within the jaws of an end effector 3014 (FIG. 10) is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect. Specifically, the method 3900 can include the use of a support vector machine model of classifying tissue located within the jaws of the end effector 3014 (FIG. 10). According to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 22, the method 3900 can include the collection of impedance input data 3902, data scaling and feature extraction 3904, model training 3906, and outputting the model 3908. As previously described, the method 3900 can commence via the receipt of signals from sensors, such as electrodes 3012 (FIG. 10) positioned within the jaws of an end effector 3014 (FIG. 10). Based on such signals, an algorithm can be configured to determine parameters such as impedance signal and impedance phase in time, as illustrated by the input step 3902 of the method 3900 of FIG. 22. These determined measurements can be used to for data scaling and feature extraction 3904, such as scaling a phase shift (e.g., by 1 rad, etc.), scaling an impedance signal (e.g., by 1/100 Kohms, etc.), determining a phase shift in time, and/or determining a change in impedance signal in time. For example, the impedance phase (“Zphase”) can be scaled between a range of O.OOITT and 2?r radians and the impedance magnitude (“Zmag”) can be scaled between a range of 0.001 and 1 Mohm. The scaling can be performed using a custom scaling function. These features, and other data, can also be labeled as part of the feature extraction 3904. Calculations can be performed on the data to extract new features such as change in Z magnitude over time. However, the scaling and feature extraction 3904 can differ from a corresponding step 3804 of the method 3800 of FIG. 21 in that the data can be labeled with the appropriate tissue type and the input features with their tissue type labels are used to train 3906 a the algorithmic model. For example, the method 3900 can include training 3906 the model via a linear support vector machine algorithm using the open source Scikit Learn Python library.
The trained model produces a weight matrix and bias vector that are used for classification of future samples.
[0162] For example support vector machine models is one of the most popular supervised learning algorithms, which can be used for classification as well as regression problems. Specifically, the present disclosure contemplates implementing support vector machine modeling for classification of media within the jaw of an end effector 3014 (FIG. 10) as a means of machine learning and thus, improving the algorithmic performance. The goal of the support vector machine algorithm is to create the best line or decision boundary that can segregate n- dimensional space into classes so that new data points (e.g., impedance measurements) can be properly and efficiently categorized in the future. This best decision boundary can be called a hyperplane. Thus, the model training 3906 can choose extreme points/vectors in time that help the algorithmic model create a hyperplane. These extreme cases are called as support vectors, and hence algorithm is known as a “support vector machine” algorithm. Then, the linear support vector machine can create a novel weight matrix, which can include weights configured to determine how significant each input feature is for each class. The training 3906 can further create a bias vector, which can be used to calculate classification scores. Finally, the model can be output 3908. The output model 3908 can include weight matrix and/or a bias vector, as previously discussed. Ultimately, the training 3906 can be performed using a training dataset and, once trained, the algorithm can classify future samples using only a simple dot product and addition.
[0163] Referring now to FIG. 23, a block diagram of a method 4000 of classifying a detected media after an algorithmic model has been trained via the method 3900 of FIG. 22 is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure. According to the nonlimiting aspect of FIG. 23, the mathematical operations — which can be performed algorithmically — to classify a new sample after the model has been trained are illustrated. Specifically, the weight matrix will be an “m” by “n” matrix, where “m” (# rows) represents the number of classes the model is trained on, and “n” (# columns) represents the number of input features for the model, as extracted 3902 via the method 3900 of FIG 22. It shall be appreciated that the weight matrix can include any number of rows and/or columns as needed. The model can be trained using multiple classes and multiple inputs. According to some non-limiting aspects, there can be four classes (e.g., corresponding to tissue, fluid, air, and/or foreign objects) and four input features (e.g., corresponding to Z mag, Z phase, dZ/dt, and/or dPhase/dt).For example, according to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 23, the model can be trained for two distinct classes, with three input features. Sample X of FIG. 23 illustrates feature data extracted from a new sample (e.g., an impedance measurement determined based on signals received from electrodes 3012 (FIG. 12)), which needs to be classified. The model consults the historical patterns, such as the relationship between determined impedance signal and impedance phase shifting in time for samples at a frequency of interest. Once classified, determined distinctions in classifications can easily be communicated to the operating clinician in accordance with any of the methods and/or means disclosed herein.
[0164] Referring now to FIGS. 24A and 24B, several charts 4100A, 4100B illustrating a distinction between various media detected within the jaws of an end effector 3014 (FIG. 10), as determined via the method 4000 of FIG. 23 is depicted in accordance with at least one nonlimiting aspect of the present disclosure. According to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 24A, the first chart 4100A illustrates a determined distinction between detected tissue and fluids, when impedance signal is considered relative to impedance phase. Specifically, the model has generated a linear boundary line 4101 between tissue, such as stomach tissue 4106 and lung tissue 4108 and fluid, such as saline 4102 and blood 4104 respectively. In other words, the model has established clear distinction between tissue 4106, 4108 and fluids 4102, 4104.
[0165] According to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 24B, the chart 4100B once again illustrates a determined distinction between detected tissue and fluids, when impedance signal is considered relative to impedance phase. Specifically, the model has generated a linear boundary line 4103 between tissue, such as stomach tissue 4116 and lung tissue 4118 and fluid, such as saline 4110, peri-blood 4112, blood 4114, and peritoneal fluid 4120 respectively. In other words, the model has established clear distinction between tissue 4116, 4118 and fluids 4110, 4112, 4114, 4120. According to some non-limiting aspects, the algorithm can perform this classification and create the boundary line between datasets is a custom linear support vector machine.
[0166] Referring now to FIG. 25, another chart 4200 illustrating a distinction between various media detected within the jaws of an end effector 3014 (FIG. 10), as determined via the method 4000 of FIG. 23 is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure. According to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 25, the phase shift and impedance signal can be scaled via the scaling process 3904 of FIG. 23. For example, according to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 25, the phase shift can be scaled by 1 rad and the impedance signal can be scaled by 1/100 Kohms. Once again, the model has generated a boundary line 4201 that distinguishes tissue, such as stomach tissue 4204 from a foreign object, such as an NGtube 4202. However, according to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 25, the model has also generated support vectors 4203, 4205 which can be used by the model to further determine and refine the boundary line 4201.
[0167] According to other non-limiting aspects of the present disclosure, devices, systems, and methods of data analysis to characterization tissue via electrical impedance spectroscopy are disclosed. During a surgical procedure, surgeons may encounter various situations where information about tissue characteristics and location within a stapler jaw becomes advantageous. The ability to know the type of tissue being fired upon as well as the position of the specimen in the jaw supports the surgeon’s capacity to fire the stapling device effectively. Algorithm development needs feature inputs from data to form meaningful tissue insights from electrical impedance data using minimal computing power, which can promote processing efficiency and improve the computing performance of an intelligent surgical instrument. As part of the algorithm and model development process to extract tissue insights from electrical impedance spectroscopy sensing technology, feature inputs need to be established to identify key patterns within the data. Electrical impedance measurements are composed of impedance signal and impedance phase. These two values can be studied either through the lens of time or frequency. By studying the sensed electrical impedance profiles over the time domain, different specimens may exhibit distinct and differentiable patterns which can be used to characterize both liquids and tissues. Such features represent a technical enhancement by providing continuous, real-time tissue characterization that could not be manually performed by the operating clinician and other surgical instruments and systems are incapable of. Thus, the techniques disclosed herein represent a significant technological improvement over conventional devices.
[0168] Referring now to FIGS. 26A and 2B, several charts 4300A, 4300B illustrating a distinction a means of characterizing tissue within the jaws of an end effector 3014 (FIG. 10) are depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure. The charts 4300A, 4300B illustrate the use electrical impedance signal and phase shifts, as determined in the time domain via the methods and means disclosed herein, to provide innovative tissue insights. According to the non-limiting aspects of FIGS. 26A and 26B, the charts 4300A, 4300B illustrate measured parameters determined in time, as associated with a lung lobe 4302 and a bronchus 4304. Specifically, the chart 4300A of FIG. 26A illustrates an impedance profile in the time domain of lung lobe 4302 and bronchus 4304 tissue. The chart 4300B of FIG. 26B illustrates an impedance shift in the time domain of lung lobe 4302 and bronchus 4304 tissue. In reviewing both charts 4300A, 4300B, it becomes evident that the range of values between bronchus 4304 is easily differentiable from the lung lobe 4302 due to a different range of phase values uniquely exhibited by each specimen. The charts 4300A, 4300B further illustrate how measure values can change as a function of time, and how the time domain can also offer insights into tissue characterization. For example, the measured values may change as the operating clinician closes the jaws of the end effector 3104 (FIG. 10), thereby compressing the tissue and potentially changing the measured parameters, depending on the media. Additionally, by using the time domain, a clear distinction between tissue types is possible by using only one frequency of interest. The ability to use less frequencies to obtain the necessary model inputs streamlines and thus, reduces the computing power required by the sensing modality to characterize the tissue. Furthermore, limiting the frequency range may also reduce the complexity of the sensor hardware required on the surgical instrument.
[0169] Referring now to FIG. 27, a flow chart of a method 4400 of detecting media, locating media, and characterizing media positioned between the jaws of an end effector 3104 (FIG. 10) is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect. Notably, the method 4400 of FIG. 27 summarizes the methods and functions performed by the systems and devices described above, and illustrates how powerful the system 3000 (FIG. 10) can be when implemented in a comprehensive way.
[0170] It shall be appreciated that, the foregoing aspects illustrate devices, systems, and methods that, when implemented via the aforementioned surgical instruments, can utilize various signals and signal parameters to generate tissue insights (e.g., tissue locations, foreign body notifications, critical structure notifications, tissue characterizations, etc.). Accordingly, the foregoing aspects illustrate devices, systems, and methods can enable intraoperative instrument-tissue interactions, which can allow an operating clinician to “see the unseen,” thereby augmenting surgical decision making, which can result in a safer, more efficient, and/or more precise surgical operation. However, when implemented via improved surgical instruments, the foregoing devices, systems, and methods can produce even more benefits, as will be discussed in further detail herein. For example, according to some non-limiting aspects, one or more electrodes can be electro-mechanically integrated into the jaws of an end effector, such that the surgical instrument can generate enhanced insights using a variety of methods, which shall include but not limited to electrical impedance spectroscopy (“EIS”). However, according to some non-limiting aspects, the electrodes can be implemented for alternate means of electrical sensing (e.g., monitoring voltage, current, power, impedance, or any combination of those). As such, the surgical instruments disclosed herein can be particularly configured to process motor load responses, based on programmable conditions (e.g., end effector opening, end effector closing, tissue compression, etc.) that generate tissue responses. The surgical instruments disclosed herein can include various combinations of electrode arrays and multiplexers configured to activate various electrodes in various ways, thereby enabling the electrodes and thus, the surgical instruments to generate the previously disclosed insights. It shall be appreciated that the following aspects can be implemented via a handheld surgical instrument, such as the surgical instrument 10000 of FIG. 1 , or via a robotic surgical instrument, such as the surgical instrument 5100 of FIG. 3.
[0171] In order to generate those insights, the surgical instruments disclosed herein can include specifically configured electrode arrays, which are integrated into various portions of and end effector, coupled via a particular routing configuration to a system interface located proximal to the end effector and electrode array. For example, the surgical instruments disclosed herein can include electrode arrays with a variety of electrodes of varying numbers (e.g., two, four, six, eight, etc.), geometric configurations (e.g., circular, rectangular, triangular, asymmetric, etc.), materials (e.g., gold, aluminum, titanium, stainless steel, etc.), and locations (e.g., channels, cartridge, anvil). As such, the arrays of electrodes can be used for EIS measurements, which are conveyed via electrical connections that run through the surgical instrument to a connection interface. This connects the stapler to the EIS control electronics. The routing of signals within the external boundary of the stapler could be achieved using a flexible printed circuit board or via a wireless connection. As will be disclosed herein, electrodes can be integrated within a channel, a separate consumable, a cartridge, or an anvil of the end effector, amongst other locations.
[0172] Likewise, the way signals are routed to an from the electrodes for insight generation can further improve the performance of a surgical instrument. For example, the use and/or position of a multiplexer, or switching integrated circuit, can enhance the way the surgical instrument activates and utilizes each electrode of an array. Moreover, the position of the multiplexer can enhance performance. For example, according to some non-limiting aspects, it might make sense to position the multiplexer in a channel defined by the end effector, elsewhere in the jaws of the end effector, the shaft of the surgical instrument, the handle of the surgical instrument, in a consumable or cartridge configured for placement within the end effector, or within a standalone piece of capital equipment (e.g., an electrosurgical generator). Additionally, the means by which the electrodes interface (e.g., wired or wireless) with the surgical instrument can further enhance performance. Additionally, a control circuit configured to process signals from the electrode array and generate insights can be positioned within the surgical instrument, or external to the surgical instrument, and can likewise be configured for wired or wireless interfacing. Accordingly, a portion of a cable can be dedicated to signals associated with power and data communication and can be plugged into the surgical instrument’s proximal end to enable sensing as needed (e.g., plug-n-play functionality). A second portion of the cable can be connected to system capital module (e.g., a surgical hub), which can provide the power, signal generation and/or computational signal processing capabilities. According to some non-limiting aspects, the control circuit can be configured to received signals from the electrode array via a wired or wireless interface, regardless of whether the control circuit is onboard or external to the surgical instrument. As such, various surgical instruments can include various degrees of system integration to generate the previously discussed insights as will be discussed in further detail herein.
[0173] For example, referring to FIG. 28, a surgical system 6000 is depicted in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure. According to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 28, the surgical system 6000 can include a hub 6001 configured to be communicably coupled to one or more modular surgical instruments 6008, 6010, which can be interchangeably connected to the hub 6001. According to some non-limiting aspects, the hub 6001 can be similar to those disclosed in U.S. Patent Application No. 16/562,172 titled PORT PRESENCE DETECTION SYSTEM FOR MODULAR ENERGY SYSTEM, filed on September s, 2019 and published as U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2020/0078113 on March 12, 2020, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by referenced in its entirety. Although the surgical instruments 6008, 6010 of FIG. 28 are wired to the hub 6001 , according to some non-limiting aspects, the surgical instruments 6008, 6010 can be wirelessly coupled to the hub 6001. Regardless, the hub 6001 can communicate signals and/or commands to the surgical instruments 6008, 6010 and can receive signals and/or feedback from the surgical instruments 6008, 6010.
[0174] In further reference to FIG. 28, the surgical system 6000 can be compatibly configured for use with a robotic platform 6002 that utilizes a robotic surgical instrument 6008 and/or a handheld platform 6004 that utilizes a handheld surgical instrument 6010, depending on the intended application. For example, according to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 28, the handheld surgical instrument 6010 can be a laparoscopic device; however, according to other non-limiting aspects, the present disclosure contemplates other handheld surgical instruments. In both platforms 6002, 6004, the hub 6001 can be positioned within a rack 6016, 6018 that includes various control units (e.g., processors, actuators, generators, etc.) configured to control the communicably coupled surgical instruments 6008, 6010. For example, the robotic platform 6002, in particular, can further include a controller of a robotic surgical system, such as the controller 5000 of FIG. 2.
[0175] Notably, the modular surgical instruments 6008, 6010 of FIG. 28 can each include an end effector 6012, 6014 configured with a first jaw that is movable relative to a second jaw, as previously disclosed. Depending on the implementing surgical instrument 6008, 6010 and/or platform 6002, 6004, each end effector 6012, 6014 can be particularly configured to perform an intended surgical operation. For example, according to some non-limiting aspects, the end effectors 6012, 6014 can be configured to perform a surgical stapling operation. According to other non-limiting aspects, the end effectors 6012, 6014 can be configured to deliver RF and/or ultrasonic energy in response to a command received from the hub 6001 and/or energy received from a generator positioned in the rack 6016, 6018. For example, according to some non-limiting aspects, the end effector 6002 can be configured for an advanced bipolar surgical operation. According to still other non-limiting aspects, the end effector 6002 can be configured for Highly Articulating Tools (“HAT”), such as end effectors configured to articulate in two or more planes. Regardless, each end effector 6012, 6014 can include an array of electrodes 6013, 6015 configured to facilitates the generation of enhanced tissue insights using a variety of methods, as will be explained in further detail herein.
[0176] Referring now to FIGS. 29A-C, a robotic surgical instrument 6008 configured for use with the system 6000 of FIG. 28 is depicted in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure. According to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 29A, the surgical instrument 6008 can include an end effector 6012 configured to perform a surgical operation. For example, according to some non-limiting aspects, the end effector 6012 can be configured for use a surgical stapling operation. According to other non-limiting aspects, the end effector 6012 can be configured to deliver RF and/or ultrasonic energy. For example, according to some nonlimiting aspects, the end effector 6012 can be configured for an advanced bipolar surgical operation. According to still other non-limiting aspects, the end effector 6012 can be configured for HAT.
[0177] In reference to FIGS. 29B and 29C, certain end effectors 6012a, 6012b and electrode configurations 6013a, 6013b that can be coupled to the robotic surgical instrument 6008 of FIG. 29A are depicted in accordance with at least two non-limiting aspects of the present disclosure. For example, FIG. 29B illustrates an end effector 6012a that can include electrodes that traverse a longitudinal axis defined by the end effector 6012a and protrude from an external wall of the end effector 6012a. According to FIG. 29C, electrodes can be defined from a pad that similarly traverses a longitudinal axis defined by the end effector 6012b, but are flush relative to an external wall of the end effector 6012a. As will be discussed in further detail, the electrodes 6013a, 6013b can be integrated within the end effectors 6012a, 6012b and/or integrated within cartridges configured to be inserted into the end effectors 6012a, 6012b.
[0178] In further reference to FIGS. 29A-C, the robotic surgical instrument 6008 can be further configured to generate data associated with the robotic surgical instrument 6008, which can enhance the feedback received from the surgical instrument 6008 and thus, improve the insights generated by a surgical hub and/or control circuit communicably coupled to the surgical instrument 6008, as illustrated and discussed in reference to FIGS. 1-27. For example, the surgical instrument 6008 of FIGS 29A-C can generate data associated with its position, load, and/or motor via one or more internal sensors (e.g., an encoder, torque sensors, controlled motion sensors, etc.) positioned within its housing. This data, in conjunction with electrical impedance spectroscopy (“EIS”) data generated by a plurality of electrodes 6013 positioned within the end effector 6012 can be used to inputs to the previously discussed algorithm engines, which can estimate, detect, and/or evaluate key outputs and/or insights regarding the tissue being operated on, the surgical instrument 6008 itself, and/or the operation, generally. Such outputs can provide high clinical values. For example, various combinations of tissue EIS data, position data, load data, and/or motor torque data generated by the surgical instrument 6008 of FIG. 29A-C can be used by the previously discussed algorithm engines to estimate a relative tissue tension, a thickness of the tissue within the jaw, tissue characteristics, and/or the position of a critical structure (e.g., a vessel).
[0179] Referring now to FIG. 30, a block diagram 7000 of an algorithmic engine 7002 employed by the surgical instrument 6008 of FIGS. 29A-C is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure. Although the algorithmic engine 7002 of FIG. 30 is discussed in specific reference to the surgical instrument 6008 of FIGS. 29A-C, it shall be appreciated that the algorithmic engine 7002 of FIG. 3 can be similarly implemented by any of the surgical instruments and/or surgical hubs disclosed herein. According to the nonlimiting aspect of FIG. 30, the surgical instrument 6008 can generate several signals 7004, 7006, 7008 that can be provided to the algorithmic engine 7002 for processing and/or analysis. [0180] For example, according to some non-limiting aspects, the surgical instrument 6008 of FIGS. 29A-C can generate signals associated with tissue EIS data 7004, position data 7006, and/or torque/load data 7008 detected by the various sensors and/or electrodes 6013 positioned within the end effector 6012 of the surgical instrument 6008. The algorithm engine 7002, employing the previously discussed methods and techniques, can process these inputs and generate one or more outputs 7010, 7012, 7014, 7016 that could provide the clinician with insights regarding the tissue, surgical instrument 6008, and/or operation being performed. [0181] Referring now to FIG. 31 , a handheld surgical instrument 6010 configured for use with the system 6000 of FIG. 28 is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure. Although it is specifically configured for manual operation, the handheld instrument 6010 of FIG. 31 can include any of the features and provide similar benefits to those discussed in reference to the robotic surgical instrument 6008 of FIGS. 29A-C. According to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 31 , the surgical instrument 6010 can include an end effector 6015 and a handle 6020. The surgical instrument 6010 can further include a shaft 6016 with a proximal portion 6018 and a distal portion 6019. The end effector 6014 can be coupled to the distal portion 6019 of the shaft 6016 via an articulation joint and the shaft 6016 can be coupled to the handle 6020 via a nozzle 6017. As previously described, the end effector 6014 can include a first jaw movable relative to a second jaw, and can be configured to accommodate a plurality of electrodes 6015.
[0182] Similar to the robotic surgical instrument 6008 of FIGS. 29A-C, the surgical instrument 6010 of FIG. 31 can also be configured to perform a surgical operation. For example, according to some non-limiting aspects, the end effector 6014 can be configured for use a surgical stapling operation. According to other non-limiting aspects, the end effector 6014 can be configured to deliver RF and/or ultrasonic energy. For example, according to some non-limiting aspects, the end effector 6014 can be configured for an advanced bipolar surgical operation. According to still other non-limiting aspects, the end effector 6014 can be configured for HAT.
[0183] Referring now to FIG. 32, an exemplary electrode array 6015 is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure. Although the electrode array 6015 of FIG. 32 is depicted as a component of the end effector 6014 of FIG. 31 , it shall be appreciated that the electrode array 6015 of FIG. 32 can be implemented via any of the end effectors employed by any of the surgical instruments disclosed herein. For example, a first jaw of the end effector 6014 of FIG. 31 can define an elongate channel 6021 that traverses a longitudinal axis L of the end effector 6014 (FIG. 31). Specifically, the channel 6021 can be defined by one or more walls 6025a, 6025b that extend along the longitudinal axis L on opposing sides of the longitudinal axis L. For example, the electrode array 6015 of FIG. 32 includes eight pairs of electrodes 6022, 6024, each having a rectangular shape and constructed from titanium. However, according to other non-limiting aspects, the array 6015 can include electrodes 6022, 6024 of varying numbers, geometries, and/or materials, depending on intended application and/or user preference. As further illustrated by FIG. 32, certain electrodes 6024 of the array 6015 can be configured different relative to other electrodes 6022. For example, certain electrodes 6024 can be positioned about a cutline 6026 can be configured such that the electrodes 6024 provide an increased resolution at either side of the cutline 6026.
[0184] According to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 32, the electrode array 6015 can include one or more electrodes 6022, 6024 integrated into the walls 6025a, 6025b of the channel 6021 defined by one of the jaws of the end effector 6014 (FIG. 31). Specifically, each electrode 6022, 6024 can be over-mounted, or over-molded onto the walls 6025a, 6025b of the channel 6021 . Of course, other means of integration can be employed to a achieve a similar effect. According to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 32, certain electrodes 6024 can be positioned about a cutline 6026 of the end effector 6014 (FIG. 31), such that those electrodes 6024, when activated by a multiplexed signals conveyed via a multiplexer (as will discussed in further detail herein), can cut tissue about the cutline 6026. The multiplexed signals and multiplexer can utilize the other electrodes 6022 to generate tissue insights, as previously discussed.
[0185] Referring now to FIGS. 33A-C, another end effector 6100 configured for use with the surgical instruments disclosed herein is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure. Similar to the end effector 6014 of FIGS. 31 and 32, the end effector 6100 of FIGS. 33A-C can include a first jaw 6101 that defines a channel 6102 interspersed between two walls 6103a, 6103b of the jaw 6101. Additionally, an array of electrodes 6104, 6106 can be integrated within each sidewall 6103a, 6103b of the jaw 6101. In specific reference to FIG. 33B, a sectioned, isometric view of the end effector 6100 of FIG. 33A is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect. According to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 33A, the end effector 6100 can further include a flexible conductor 6108 capable of carrying multiplexed signals, wherein the flexible conductor 6108 traverses through the jaw 6101.
[0186] In further reference to FIG. 33B, the flexible conductor 6108 can be multiplexed and electrically coupled to the electrodes 6104, 6106 such that the electrodes 6104, 6106 can receive signals from transmitted by and/or through a control circuit positioned within the surgical instrument and/or surgical hub. The flexible conductor 6108 can accomplish this via multiple layers that provide electrical connections to the various electrodes 6104, 6106. Accordingly, the flexible conductor 6108 can be configured as a multiplexer and/or a multiple output generator, as described further below. As such, independent signals can be transmitted to and through each electrode 6104, 6106, such that each electrode 6104, 6106 can serve a different purpose and/or provide a separate function relative to other electrodes 6104, 6106 in the array. For example, tissue under each electrode 6104, 6106 can be treated individually according to the coagulation needs. However, relevant to the generation of surgical insights, as previously discussed, certain electrodes 6104 of the array can receive signals through the flexible conductor 6108 to generate surgical insights. Other electrodes, such as the electrodes 6106 disposed about a cutline 6026 (FIG. 32), can receive signals through the flexible conductor 6108 to cut tissue that is positioned about the cutline 6026 (FIG. 32). Each electrode 6104, 6106 in the array can be communicably coupled to a surgical hub and/or a control circuit and thus, communicably coupled to an energy source, such that the electrodes 6104, 6106 can receive energy via the flexible conductor 6108. For example, according to one non-limiting aspect, the pairs of active electrodes 6104, 6106 on opposite sides of the channel 6102, may be energized by the energy source at the same time.
[0187] According to other non-limiting aspects, different pairs of segmented electrodes 6104, 6106 can be energized or receive different signals via the flexible conductor 6108. Various electrode pairs 6104, 6106 can be energized by the energy source (or generator) to perform certain surgical operations and other electrode pairs 6104, 6106 can be used to generate tissue insights, using the previously discussed techniques. The flexible conductor 6108 can convey various multiplexed signals and distribute them to the corresponding electrodes 6104, 6106 as desired, under the control of the control circuit, which will be discussed in further detail. According to some non-limiting aspects, the energy source, the multiplexer, and the control circuit can be positioned in the nozzle 6017, the shaft 6016, the handle 6020, a housing of a robotic surgical instrument, and/or within a communicably coupled surgical hub of the surgical system. According to some non-limiting aspects, the multiplexer can be similar to those discussed in U.S. Patent Application No. 13/795,205, titled MOTORIZED SURGICAL CUTTING AND FASTENING INSTRUMENT HAVING HANDLE BASED POWER SOURCE, and filed February 14, 2008, which issued as U.S. Patent No. 9,522,029 on December 20, 2016, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
[0188] According to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 33C, a means of integrating the electrodes 6104, 6106 into the end effector 6100 is depicted in accordance with at least on non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure. The flexible conductor can be coupled to conductive tracks 3108a, 3108b that traverse each side of the end effector 3100. Similar to the flexible conductor 3108, each conductive track 3108a, 3108b can be configured to transmit multiplexed signals to and from the electrodes 3104, 3106. An electrode material 6110, from which the electrodes 6104, 6106 can be formed, can be overmolded with a material from which the sidewalls of 6103a, 6103b (FIG. 33A) can be constructed. The overmolding, for example, can include a multi- step injection molding process where two or more components can be molded over top of one another, thereby resulting in a single, solid piece. Of course, according to other non-limiting aspects, other means can be employed to integrate the electrodes 6104, 6106 into the conductive tracks 6108a, 6108b and sidewalls of the end effector 6100 (e.g., machining, masking, insert molding, insertion into cavities and adhesion, etc.).
[0189] The non-limiting aspect of FIGS. 33A-C illustrate merely one of the aforementioned integration techniques. According to the non-limiting aspect of FIGS. 33A-C, the array of electrodes 6104, 6106 can be integrated into the channel 6102, the flexible conductor 6108 can be configured such that multiplexing takes place within the end effector 6100, and signals, including data signals and power signals, can be routed through the end effector 6100 via tracks on the flexible conductor 6108. The integrated techniques employed by by the end effector 6100 enable signals to be transmitted through the flexible conductor 6108, to and from the array of electrodes 6104, 6106, and through an articulation joint of the surgical instrument, such as the articulation joint 6112 of FIG. 34A. According to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 34A, the articulation joint 6112 can have one or more supports 6114 that a flexible conductor, such as the flexible conductor 6108 of FIGS. 33A-C, can be routed through, thereby facilitating articulation of an end effector, such as the end effector 6100 of FIGS. 33A-C, without interrupting any signals traversing the flexible conductor to and from the end effector. Of course, similar articulation joints 6112 can be implemented on any of the surgical instruments disclosed herein. FIG. 34B depicts how the flexible conductor 6108 can be further proximally routed after the articulation joint 6112, through a shaft 6116 of the surgical instrument and into a nozzle 6117. FIG. 34C depicts the nozzle 6117 of the surgical instrument in further detail, with the flexible conductor 6108 traversing a housing of the nozzle 6117 and electrically coupled to a control circuit 6119 positioned within the nozzle 6117. However, according to other non-limiting aspects, the control circuit 6119 can be positioned proximal the nozzle 6117, or within a communicably coupled surgical hub. In some non-limiting aspects, the surgical hub can be remotely positioned relative to the surgical instrument itself. Accordingly, end effectors of surgical instruments — and more specifically, arrays of electrodes — can be effectively coupled to a control circuit proximally positioned in the surgical instrument or a communicably coupled surgical hub. The control circuit can subsequently generate insights (e.g., EIS measurements) using the signals via algorithmic implementation, as previously discussed.
[0190] Referring now to FIG. 35, another end effector 6200 is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure. According to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 35, the end effector 6200 can include one or more electrodes 6204 mounted on a separate consumable 6206 configured to be inserted within a channel 6202 defined by the sidewalls 6203a, 6203b of the end effector. As such, the channel 6202 and sidewalls 6203a, 6203b can be configured to accommodate the separate consumable 6206. For example, the sidewalls 6203a, 6203b can include an interior surface composed of a conductive material, such that the conductive material is placed into electrical communication with the electrodes 6204 when the separate consumable is inserted into the channel 6202. Alternately, the channel can include one or more electrical contacts configured to place the electrodes 6204 into electrical communication with a flexible conductor 6208 capable of carrying multiplexed signals, wherein the flexible conductor 6108 traverses through the channel 6202.
[0191] In other words, according to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 35, array of electrodes 3204 can be attached to a separate consumable 6206 and thus, selectively clipped into the channel 6202. In this way, a single end effector 6200 can be configured to accommodate numerous separate consumables 6206, wherein each separate consumable 6206 can include a different array of electrodes 6204 of varying configurations. Furthermore, the separate consumable 6206 can be define a second channel 6212 configured to accommodate a cartridge for the surgical operation (e.g., a staple cartridge, an electrosurgical cartridge, etc.).
Accordingly, various combinations of separate consumables 6206 and cartridges can be used by the same end effector 6200. Moreover, the electrodes 6204 can receive and send signals via the flexible conductor 6208, which can be used to generate insights per the previously disclosed techniques, regardless of the cartridge type loaded into the end effector 6200. According to some non-limiting aspects, the flexible conductor 6208 can be routed through the end effector 6200 and surgical instrument in a method similar to those described in reference to the end effector 6100 of FIGS. 33A-C and 34.
[0192] Referring now to FIG. 36A-D, another end effector 6300 is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure. According to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 36, the end effector 6300 can accommodate a cartridge 6306 configured to perform a surgical operation (e.g., a staple cartridge, an electrosurgical cartridge, etc.), and an array of electrodes 6304 can be dispositioned on the cartridge 6306, itself. In specific reference to FIG. 36B, the sidewalls 6303a, 6303b of the end effector 6300 can once again define a channel 6302, and the channel 6302 can be configured to accommodate the cartridge 6306. The end effector can further include a flexible conductor, such as the flexible conductors 6108, 6208 of FIGS.
33A-C, 34 and 35, capable of carrying multiplexed signals, wherein the flexible conductor 6308 traverses through the channel 6302. The flexible conductor 6308 can be routed through the end effector 6300 and surgical instrument in a method similar to those described in reference to the end effector 6100 of FIGS. 33A-C and 34. [0193] For example, the sidewalls 6303a, 6303b can include an interior surface composed of a conductive material, such that the conductive material is placed into electrical communication with the electrodes 6304 when the separate consumable is inserted into the channel 6302, as illustrated in FIG. 36C. Alternately, the channel can include one or more electrical contacts configured to place the electrodes 6304 into electrical communication with a flexible conductor 6308 capable of carrying multiplexed signals, wherein the flexible conductor 6308 traverses through the channel 6302.
[0194] Referring now to FIG. 36D, an insertion of the cartridge 6306 into the end effector 3600 is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure.
According to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 36D, the end effector 6300 can include a conductive element 6312 configured to electrically interface with a corresponding conductive element 6310 on the cartridge 6300. The conductive elements 6310, 6312 can further be configured for multiplexed signal transmission, such that multiplexed signals transmitted through the flexible conductor 6308 of the end effector 6300 can be communicated to and from each electrode 6304 of the array, positioned on the cartridge 6306. According to the non-limiting aspect of FIGS. 36A-D, the array of electrodes 6304 can be integrated onto cartridge 3606, which can be a consumable. The electrodes 6304 can be electrically integrated within the cartridge 3606 via a multiplexing integrated circuit inside the cartridge and electrical connections between the conductive elements 6310, 6312. Because the cartridge 6306 can include the multiplexing electronics, the interfaces 6310, 6312 between the end effector 6300 and the cartridge 6306 can be simplified.
[0195] Referring now to FIGS. 37A and 37B, other end effectors 6400a, 6400b, are depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure. According to the nonlimiting aspects of FIGS. 37A the end effector 6400a can be configured to accommodate a hybrid cartridge 6406a wherein an array of electrodes 6404a is positioned on the cartridge 6406a. Each electrode 6404a can be configured for electrical communication with a flexible conductor 6408 capable of carrying multiplexed signals, when the cartridge 6406a is installed within the end effector 6400a. wherein the flexible conductor 6308 traverses through a channel defined by the end effector 6400a and can be routed through the end effector 6400 and surgical instrument in a method similar to those described in reference to the end effector 6100 of FIGS. 33A-C and 34.
[0196] In reference to FIG. 37B, a similar, albeit subtly different, end effector 6400b is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure. Notably, the array of electrodes 6404b is different than the electrodes 6404aof FIG. 37A. As such, a plurality of conductive elements 6412 that correspond to each electrode 6404b are dispositioned in each wall 6403a, 6043b of the end effector 6400b. Accordingly, each electrode 6404b of the array can receive an intended signal from the multiplexed signals traversing the flexible conductor 6408. [0197] It shall be appreciated that, according to the non-limiting aspects of FIGS. 37A and 37B, the array of electrodes 3404a, 3404b can be positioned on the cartridge 3406a, 3406b, which can be electrically configured with one or more electrical surfaces (e.g., metal plating, metal pieces bent around the sides, vias through the cartridge, etc.) for an intended connection of each electrode 3404a, 3404b to an appropriate portion of the flexible conductor 3408. Accordingly, multiplexing takes place in the end effector 3400 but each electrode 3404a, 3404b still receives the appropriate signal via the electrical connections.
[0198] Referring now to FIG. 38, another end effector 3500 is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure. Similar to the end effectors 3400a, 3400b of FIGS. 37A and 37B, the array of electrodes 3504 can be integrated on the cartridge 3506, itself. Multiplexing, however, can occur either within the cartridge 3506 or end effector 3500 via a flexible conductor 6508 capable of carrying multiplexed signals. Regardless, the end effector 6500 of FIG. 38 can further include a wireless communication module 6514 configured to transmit and receive multiplexed signals to and from a control circuit and/or a surgical hub wirelessly via an infrastructure network (e.g., WiFi®, cellular, etc.) or an ad hoc network (e.g., Bluetooth®, Near Field Communications, RFID, etc.). Accordingly, the wireless communication module 6514 can serve as a communication interface between the end effector 6500 and the surgical hub and/or control circuit, thereby eliminating the need for the routing described in reference to FIGS. 33A-C and 34. It shall be appreciated that a wireless communication module 6514 of FIG. 38 can be similarly applied to any of the surgical instruments and/or end effectors disclosed herein, thereby simplifying — and in some aspects, eliminating — the routing of the flexible conductors disclosed herein.
[0199] Referring now to FIGS. 39A-D, another end effector 6600 is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure. According to the non-limiting aspect of FIGS. 39A-D, the end effector 6600 can include a first jaw and a second jaw. For example, the second jaw can be configured as an anvil of the end effector 6600 and a separate consumable 6606 can be configured to be selectively coupled to the second jaw. Whereas the separate consumable 6206 (FIG. 35) was shown as coupled to a bottom jaw of the end effector 6200 of FIG. 35, the separate consumable 6606 can be coupled to the second, or top, jaw 6602 of the end effector 6600 of FIG. 39A. Nonetheless, the array of electrodes 6604 can be coupled to the separate consumable 6606 of FIG. 39A and, when coupled to conductive elements on the second jaw 6602, electrically coupled to a flexible conductor 6608. The flexible conductor 6608 can be capable of carrying multiplexed signals, wherein the flexible conductor 6608 traverses through the end effector 6600 and surgical instrument in a method similar to those described in reference to the end effector 6100 of FIGS. 33A-C and 34. Alternately, the wireless embodiment of FIG. 38 can be employed to transmit signals to and from the array of electrodes 6604.
[0200] In reference to FIG. 39C, a method of coupling the separate consumable 6606 to the second jaw 6602 of the end effector 6600 of FIGS. 39A and 39B is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure. According to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 39C, an adhesive layer 6610 can be deposited on a top surface of the second jaw 6602 and the separate consumable 6606 can be deposited on top of the adhesive layer 6610. As such, the separate consumable 6606, including its electrodes 6604 can be coupled to the second jaw 6602, as depicted in the cross-sectioned view of FIG. 39D. Accordingly, the electrodes 6604 can be positioned on the underside of a printed circuit board of the separate consumable 6606, such that they can generate signals for Of course, according to other nonlimiting aspects, the separate consumable 6606 can be alternately coupled to the second jaw 6602, for example, via corresponding geometric components, clips, fasteners, and/or a pressure fit.
[0201] Referring now to FIG. 40, a flexible circuit 6700 configured for use with any of the end effectors disclosed herein is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure. According to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 40, the flexible circuit 6700 can be a multiple switching integrated circuit (e.g., a multiplexer) that includes one or more switch circuits 6702 positioned on a flexible printed circuit board 6704 for signal switching and control to and from an end effector. The flexible circuit 6700 can be routed through a shaft of the surgical instrument and integrated into the end effector to provide signal selection and control of electrodes at the end-effector. The flexible circuit 6700 can include a portion that is extended through the articulating joint to the end-effector where electrodes are connected. Another side of the flexible circuit 6700 can extend through the shaft to the proximal side of the tool, where signal conditioning and processing electronics can be placed. The switches 6702 can be configured to turn on/off certain electrodes, thereby resulting in different electrode configurations being activated during impedance measurements.
[0202] Referring now to FIG. 41 , a system diagram of a system 6800 configured to use the surgical instruments and end effectors disclosed herein is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure, according to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 41 , the system 6800 can utilize a surgical instrument 6801 , that includes electronics 6802 for switching and buffering signals to and from a control circuit positioned within the surgical instrument 6801. The surgical instrument 6801 can further include an end effector 6804 configured for a surgical operation (e.g. , stapling, sealing, cutting, etc.). An electrode array 6806 can be positioned within the end effector 6804 according to any of the aspects disclosed herein. For example, the electrode array 6806 can include a specifically configured number and arrangement of electrodes (e.g., eight pairs of electrodes, sixteen electrodes in total, etc.). The surgical instrument 6801 can further include electrical connections 6812 routed through the inside of an articulation joint and shaft of the surgical instrument 6801 using any of the flexible conductors and arrangements disclosed herein. A nozzle 6808 of the surgical instrument 6801 can include a control circuit. The nozzle 6808 can be stationary, or further configured to rotate the shaft. The surgical instrument can be further connected to a lab system 6814 or surgical hub configured to display a graphical user interface, which can include a plotting window configured to present the algorithmic insights, as previously described. The system 6800 can be compatible with a plurality of surgical instruments 6816, each configured for use with a plurality of separate consumables and/or cartridges 6818, as disclosed herein. Accordingly, the system 6800 can facilitate the use of numerous, customizable electrode configurations, each capable of performing different surgical operations and generating different insights.
[0203] Referring now to FIG. 42, a surgical instrument 6900 is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure. According to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 42, the surgical instrument 6900 can include a first cable 6902 input and a second cable input 6904 that enter the nozzle 6906 of the surgical instrument 6900. As such, a control circuit 6908 positioned within the nozzle 6906 can process inputs from both the first cable 6902 and the second cable 6904 into a multiplexed signal that can traverse a flexible conductor routed through the surgical instrument 6900 using any of the methods disclosed herein.
[0204] Referring now to FIG. 43, a diagram illustrating several non-limiting surgical system configurations 7002, 7004, 7006 is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure. According to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 43, each of the configurations 7002, 7004, 7006 can employ various electrode configurations, switching circuitry, signal conditioning circuits, signal generators, signal processing circuits, and/or graphical user interfaces to generate and display the insights disclosed herein. For example, a first configuration 7002 employs an electrode array in the end effector, switching circuitry in the tool shaft, and signal conditioning in the tool stage. The signal generator and processor can be located in a surgical hub, and results can be displayed via a graphical user interface on a separate unit. According to the second configuration 7004, an electrode array can be included in the end effector, and switching circuitry as well as signal conditioning can occur in the tool shaft. Once again, the signal generator and processor can be located in a surgical hub, and results can be displayed via a graphical user interface on a separate unit. According to the second configuration 7004, an electrode array can be included in the end effector, and switching circuitry as well as signal conditioning can occur in the tool shaft. Once again, the signal generator and processor can be located in a surgical hub, and results can be displayed via a graphical user interface on a separate unit. According to the third configuration 7006, an electrode array can be included in the end effector, switching circuitry can occur in the tool shaft, and as signal conditioning can occur in the tool stage. However, the signal generator and processor can be located in a surgical instrument, and results can be displayed via a graphical user interface on a separate unit, thereby bypassing the surgical hub altogether.
[0205] As previously described, the use of one or more electrodes to generate enhanced insights (e.g., tissue locations, foreign body notifications, critical structure notifications, tissue characterizations, etc.) using a variety of methods, which shall include but shall not be limited to EIS. However, according to some non-limiting aspects, similar devices, systems, and methods can be employed to expand those insights to include the identification of a particular contact and/or a particular timing of contact between the jaws of an end effector and a particular media positioned within those jaws. In other words, certain insights can be used to identify a particular contact of interest between the jaws of an end effector and a media positioned within the jaws of the end effector, which can be used as a point of reference from which other measurements can be taken. For example, such aspects can include the detection of an initial contact with a tissue, which can be subsequently used as a timing mechanism to trigger other sensors that take tissue thickness and/or jaw displacement measurements, as will be disclosed in further detail herein.
[0206] Such applications of the aforementioned devices, systems, and methods can be particularly useful as sensing technologies are developed to measure tissue thickness and/or jaw displacement on surgical instruments. Although useful, these enhancements can make it difficult to discern exactly when the required measurements should be taken, as it can be difficult to visually identify when initial contact is made with a tissue sample. In other words, it can be difficult to determine when a sensor begins contacting the tissue while it is simultaneously sensing tissue thickness and/or end effector displacement. These problems can be addressed using the aforementioned devices, systems, and methods in accordance with the following non-limiting aspects of the present disclosure.
[0207] Referring now to FIG. 44, a logic flow diagram of a method 4400 of identifying a particular contact between the jaws of an end effector and a media positioned within the jaws of the end effector is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure. Generally, the method 4400 of FIG. 44 utilizes the aforementioned sensing techniques (e.g., electrical impedance sensing techniques, etc.) to enable a sensor — such as a tissue-thickness detecting sensor — to be used as a timing mechanism by which the surgical instrument, or a system communicably coupled to the surgical instrument, knows when to begin taking measurements. Previously, the aforementioned sensing techniques were discussed in reference to detecting a particular media’s location within the jaws of an end effector. However, according to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 44, similar techniques are employed to establish a particular time of contact, such as the identification of when an initial tissue contact is made. Accordingly, the method 4400 of FIG. 44 can enable baseline measurements to be taken immediately when tissue contact is initiated, such that changes in one or more sensed parameters can be tracked over time from the initial point of contact.
[0208] For example, according to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 44, the method 4400 can be specifically employed to perform RF impedance-based sensing to identify an initial point of tissue contact. The identified point of tissue contact can be used as a point of reference for the purposes of timing when other measurements should be taken. According to the non-limiting aspect, the method 4400 can include detecting 4402 a particular contact between the jaws of an end effector and a media positioned within the jaws of the end effector based on the aforementioned sensing techniques. For example, according to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 44, an initial tissue contact can be detected 4402 via the aforementioned RF impedance sensing techniques. It shall be appreciated that the detection 4402 step of the method 4400 of FIG. 44 can be performed via any of the aforementioned methods, including those discussed in reference to FIGS. 6 and 13-15.
[0209] According to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 44, the method 4400 can further include initiating 4404 a sensing-based characterization process based on the detection 4402 of the particular contact between the jaws of an end effector and a media positioned within the jaws of the end effector. For example, according to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 44, a tissuethickness sensing method can be initiated 4404 based on the detected 4402 initial contact between the jaws of the end effector and the tissue. Of course, any number of sensors can be configured to characterize any number of media positioned within the jaws of the end effector in any way and thus, according to other non-limiting aspects, the initiated 4404 characterization can include any other sensing functions of any other sensors.
[0210] In further reference to FIG. 44, the method 4400 can further include determining 4406 a tissue characteristic based on sensing method. For example, according to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 44, the method 4400 can further include determining 4406 a tissue thickness based on thickness sensing method. If the characteristic cannot be determined, the method 4400 can further include continually taking 4408 measurements and comparing the results to an initial baseline. However, if the characteristic can be determined, the method 4400 can further include outputting 4410 the determined characteristic. For example, according to some nonlimiting aspects, the determined characteristic can be output to a communicably coupled computing device, such as a surgical hub connected to the surgical instrument. However, according to other non-limiting aspects, the determined characteristic can be output to an onboard display of the surgical instrument, a cloud-computing device, and/or a mobile computing device of the technician, amongst other communicably coupled computing devices.
[0211] Likewise, information gained from the aforementioned sensing techniques performed by a first surgical instrument can be alternately applied to a second surgical instrument, illustrating the possibilities of a connected operating room environment. In other words, the present disclosure contemplates non-limiting aspects wherein information from previous firings of different devices could then be used to inform the firing of a second device, regardless of whether the second device is configured to perform the aforementioned sensing techniques. Whereas a fully “smart instrument ecosystem” may require sensors and communication modules installed within each instrument, such systems could result in inefficiencies and might drive costs beyond a point of acceptability where multiple surgical instruments are used in single procedure. Accordingly, it would be extremely beneficial if the aforementioned sensing techniques could be performed by a first surgical instrument and alternately applied to a second surgical instrument.
[0212] For example, information gained from the sensing capabilities of a first surgical instrument can be leveraged to inform the firing of one or more separate surgical instruments used during a procedure. This can be accomplished via algorithmic control of the firing sequence of a second device and/or the display of information to the surgeon. As such, the aforementioned sensing techniques can enable an operating clinician to benefit from their use of an entire range of surgical instrument, so long as at least one instrument is configured to generate insights, as previously disclosed. When combined with knowledge of the steps in a surgical procedure, on-screen prompts via a display system, including a heads-up display, could enable the sensed parameters from the first device (e.g., a smart instrument) to inform onscreen recommendations based on the anticipated next step and additional surgical instruments to be used in the procedure, regardless of whether or not those additional instruments are “smart.” [0213] Referring now to FIG. 45, a logic flow diagram of a method 4500 of utilized the sensing techniques disclosed herein to inform an operation performed by a second surgical instrument is depicted in accordance with at least one non-limiting aspect of the present disclosure. According to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 45, the method 4500 can include sensing 4502, via a first surgical instrument, a tissue parameter via the aforementioned sensing techniques. For example, it shall be appreciated that the sensing 4502 step of the method 4500 of FIG. 45 can be performed via any of the aforementioned methods, including those discussed in reference to FIGS. 6 and 13-15. The method 4500 can further include communicating 4504 the sensed parameter to a computing device, such as a central hub, communicably coupled to the first surgical instrument.
[0214] Having communicated 4504 the sensed parameter, the method 4500 of FIG. 45 can further include determining 4506 if a second surgical instrument is required by the surgical procedure and whether or not the second surgical instrument is a “smart” instrument, meaning the second instrument is connected and able to receive inputs to inform its operation. Assuming the second surgical instrument is not a “smart” instrument, the method 4500 can further include anticipating 4510 a use of the second instrument based on procedure steps and informing 4512 an operation of the second instrument based on the parameter sensed by the first surgical instrument, and terminating 4518 the process. In other words, the hub itself can provide useful information for the operation of the second surgical instrument that are derived from the parameter sensed by the first surgical instrument via a display, such as a heads-up display, for example. Even though the insights generated by the first surgical instrument cannot be directly implemented via the second surgical instrument, they can be presented to the operating clinician to inform the operation.
[0215] However, assuming it is determined that the second surgical instrument is a “smart” instrument, the method 4500 of FIG. 45 can include transmitting 4514 the parameter sensed by the first instrument to the second instrument and performing 4516 the aforementioned sensing techniques via the second instrument. The parameter sensed by the first instrument can be used to supplement or otherwise autonomously influence 4516 operation of the second surgical instrument. For example, the transmission 4514 can include some or all of the insights generated by the first surgical instrument and can inform firing, sensing, or other device functions performed by the second surgical instrument. In other words, because the second surgical instrument is connected, the second surgical instrument can autonomously influence its own operation based on algorithmic inputs provided by the first surgical instrument, without intervention from the operating clinician. Once complete, the method 4500 can include terminating 4518 the process. In other words, the method 4500 of FIG. 45 can be especially valuable if the sensed parameters from the first instrument can be used as inputs to algorithms used for sensing on the second instrument, because the method 4500 can enable the second instrument to have relevant data that it may not have been able to otherwise collect. In other words, only the first surgical instrument need to be configured to sense and generate insights, as previously described, but other devices — including both connected and disconnected device, alike — can benefit from those insights. Thus, a “smart instrument ecosystem” can be both effectively and efficiently achieved via the devices, systems, and methods disclosed herein. [0216] Referring now to FIG. 46, a logic flow diagram of a specific procedure 4600 implementing the method 4500 of FIG. 45 is depicted in accordance with at least one nonlimiting aspect of the present disclosure. According to the non-limiting aspect of FIG. 4600, the procedure 4600 can include a colectomy, wherein the first surgical instrument includes an endocutter, for example, and the second surgical instrument includes a circular stapler, for example. Of course, FIG. 46 is merely illustrative of the method 4500 of FIG. 45 and, according to other non-limiting aspects, the procedure can include any number of surgical operations performed by any number of surgical instruments.
[0217] Nonetheless, the procedure 4600 of FIG. 46 can include sensing 4602 a tissue thickness and disease state via the aforementioned sensing techniques performed by the endocutter. For example, the sensing 4602 step can be performed via any of the aforementioned methods, including those discussed in reference to FIGS. 6 and 13-15. The procedure can further include communicating 4604 the sensed tissue thickness and disease state to a communicably coupled computing device, such as a central hub. Having communicated 4604 the sensed parameter, the procedure 4600 can further include determining 4606 that the circular stapler is required by the colectomy and whether or not the circular stapler is a “smart” instrument. Assuming the circular stapler is not a “smart” instrument, the procedure 4600 can further include anticipating 4610 a use of the circular stapler based on procedure 4600 steps and informing 4612 an operation of the circular stapler based on the parameter sensed by the first surgical instrument and terminating 4618 the process. Once again, informing 4612 the operation of the circular stapler can include displaying insights generated by the endocutter to the operating clinician to inform the operation.
[0218] However, assuming it is determined that the circular stapler is a “smart” instrument, the procedure 4600 of FIG. 46 can include transmitting 4614 the tissue thickness and disease state to the circular stapler for implementation, which can include slowing 4616 the rate of fire and/or limiting a force to fire based on the thickness and disease state. For example, the circular stapler can employ algorithmic intelligence to determine that less speed and/or force to fire may be necessary to cut the diseased tissue. In other words, because the circular stapler is connected, the circular stapler can influence its operation without intervention from the operating clinician. Once complete, the method 4500 can include terminating 4518 the process. In other words, the method 4500 of FIG. 45 can be especially valuable if the sensed parameters from the first instrument can be used as inputs to algorithms used for operating the second instrument, because the method 4500 can enable the second instrument to have relevant data that it may not have been otherwise able to collect.
[0219] In other words, in the non-limiting example wherein the procedure 4600 is a colectomy, an endocutter may be used to cut out a portion of the colon, and then a circular stapler could be used for end to end anastomosis. If the circular stapler is a “dumb” device, but the endocutter is a “smart” device, a communicably coupled computing device, such as a central surgical hub, could interpret the insights generated by the endocutter in conjunction with inferred surgical procedure steps to make recommendations for something such as a staple cartridge selection for the circular stapler. If the circular stapler is a “smart” device, it could utilize the insights generated by the endocutter as algorithmic inputs to autonomouslyu influence and/or improve operation of the circular stapler, as previously described.
[0220] While the foregoing methods, algorithms, instruments, and systems provided various examples of differentiating media grasped by a surgical end effector mainly based on impedance data, it is understood that the methods, algorithms, instruments, and systems of the present disclosure can be equally applied to other sensed parameters such as current, temperature, and pressure, for example. In at least one instance, for example, methods, algorithms, instruments, and systems can be utilized to differentiate tissue from a foreign object based on detected differences between tissue and a foreign object.
EXAMPLES
[0221] Examples of various aspects of end-effectors and surgical instruments of the present disclosure are provided below. An aspect of the end-effector or surgical instrument may include any one or more than one, and any combination of, the examples described below:
[0222] Example 1 . A surgical instrument, including: an end effector including jaws configured to transition between an opened condition and a closed condition; a plurality of electrodes positioned within the jaws of the end effector, wherein each electrode of the plurality of electrodes is positioned along a longitudinal axis defined by the end effector; a control circuit and a memory configured to store an algorithm configured to cause the control circuit to: receive signals from the plurality of electrodes; determine an impedance signal based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; detect a media positioned between the jaws of the end effector based on the determined impedance signal; determine a position of the detected media along the longitudinal axis based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; and generate an alert associated with the detected media and the determined position.
[0223] Example 2. The surgical instrument of Example 1 , wherein the alert includes a digital representation of the end effector, the detected media, and the determined position, and wherein the algorithm is further configured to cause the control circuit to initiate a transmission of the digital representation to a display for visual review by the operating clinician.
[0224] Example 3. The surgical instrument of any one of Examples 1-2, wherein the alert includes an audible alert, and wherein the algorithm is further configured to cause the control circuit to cause a speaker communicably coupled to the control circuit for audible transmission to the operating clinician.
[0225] Example 4. The surgical instrument of any one of Examples 1-3, wherein the algorithm is further configured to cause the control circuit to: determine a second impedance signal based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; detect a second media positioned between the jaws of the end effector based on the determined second impedance signal; determine a second position of the detected second media along the longitudinal axis based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; and wherein the alert is also associated with the detected second media and the determined second position.
[0226] Example 5. The surgical instrument of any one of Examples 1-4, wherein the algorithm includes a linear support vector machine configured to distinguish the media from the second media based on the determined impedance signal and the determined second impedance signal.
[0227] Example 6. The surgical instrument of any one of Examples 1-5, wherein the algorithm detected media includes a tissue sample, and wherein the detected second media includes a foreign object.
[0228] Example 7. The surgical instrument of any one of Examples 1-6, wherein the algorithm is further configured to cause the control circuit to characterize the detected media based on the determined impedance signal.
[0229] Example 8. The surgical instrument of any one of Examples 1-7, wherein the impedance signal comprises an impedance magnitude.
[0230] Example 9. The surgical instrument of any one of Examples 1-8, wherein the impedance signal comprises a phase. [0231] Example 10. The surgical instrument of any one of Examples 1-9, wherein the algorithm is further configured to cause the control circuit to determine a change in the impedance signal across the time domain.
[0232] Example 11 . The surgical instrument of any one of Examples 1 -10, wherein the algorithm is further configured to cause the control circuit to determine a change in the impedance signal across the frequency domain.
[0233] Example 12. A surgical system, including a surgical instrument including an end effector including jaws configured to transition between an opened condition and a closed condition, and a plurality of electrodes positioned within the jaws of the end effector, wherein each electrode of the plurality of electrodes is positioned about a longitudinal axis defined by the end effector, and a computer system communicably coupled to the surgical instrument, wherein the computer system includes a control circuit and a memory configured to store an algorithm configured to cause the control circuit to receive signals from the plurality of electrodes, determine an impedance signal based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes, detect a media positioned between the jaws of the end effector based on the determined impedance signal, determine a position of the detected media along the longitudinal axis based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes, and generate an alert associated with the detected media and the determined position.
[0234] Example 13. The surgical system according to Example 12, wherein the algorithm is further configured to cause the control circuit to determine a second impedance signal based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes, detect a second media positioned between the jaws of the end effector based on the determined second impedance signal, and determine a second position of the detected second media along the longitudinal axis based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes, and wherein the alert is also associated with the detected second media and the determined second position.
[0235] Example 14. The surgical system according to Example 12 or 13, wherein the algorithm detected media includes a tissue sample, and wherein the detected second media includes a foreign object.
[0236] Example 15. The surgical system according to any of Examples 12-14, wherein the algorithm is further configured to cause the control circuit to characterize the detected media based on the determined impedance signal.
[0237] Example 16. A method of characterizing media positioned between jaws of an end effector of a surgical instrument, the method including receiving, via a control circuit of the surgical instrument, signals from a plurality of electrodes positioned within the jaws of the end effector, determining, via the control circuit, an impedance signal based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes, detecting, via the control circuit, the media positioned between the jaws of the end effector based on the determined impedance signal, determining, via the control circuit, a position of the detected media along a longitudinal axis defined by the end effector based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes, generating, via the control circuit, an alert associated with the detected media and the determined position, and characterizing, via the control circuit, the detected media based on the determined impedance signal.
[0238] Example 17. The method according to Example 16, further including determining, via the control circuit, a second impedance signal based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes, detecting, via the control circuit, a second media positioned between the jaws of the end effector based on the determined second impedance signal, and determining, via the control circuit, a second position of the detected second media along the longitudinal axis based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes, and wherein the alert is also associated with the detected second media and the determined second position.
[0239] Example 18. The method according to Example 16 or 17, further including distinguishing, via the control circuit, the media from the second media based on the determined impedance signal and the determined second impedance signal in accordance with a linear support vector machine.
[0240] Example 19. The method according to any of Examples 16-18, The method of claim 16, wherein generating the alert includes generating, via the control circuit, a digital representation of the end effector, the detected media, and the determined position, and initiating, via the control circuit, a transmission of the digital representation to a display for visual review by an operating clinician.
[0241] Example 20. The method according to any of Examples 16-19, The method of claim 16, wherein the alert includes an audible alert, and wherein the method further includes causing, via the control circuit, a speaker communicably coupled to the control circuit to play the audible alert. [0242] Example 21. A surgical instrument, including: an end effector including a first jaw and a second jaw, wherein the first jaw is movably configured relative to the second jaw between an opened condition and a closed condition; a plurality of electrodes positioned within the jaws of the end effector, wherein each electrode of the plurality of electrodes is positioned about a longitudinal axis defined by the end effector; a flexible circuit including a conductive track configured for multiplexed transmission of a plurality of signals to and from the end effector a control circuit communicably coupled to the plurality of electrodes via the flexible conductor and a memory configured to store an algorithm configured to cause the control circuit to: receive signals from the plurality of electrodes; determine an impedance signal based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; detect a media positioned between the jaws of the end effector based on the determined impedance signal; determine a position of the detected media along the longitudinal axis based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; and generate an alert associated with the detected media and the determined position.
[0243] Example 22. The surgical instrument of Example 21 , wherein the end effector defines a channel extending along the longitudinal axis, and wherein the plurality of electrodes are mechanically coupled to the channel.
[0244] Example 23. The surgical instrument of any one of Examples 21-22, wherein the plurality of signals includes a signal configured to power a surgical operation and a signal to be transmitted between a first electrode of the plurality of electrodes and second electrode of the plurality of electrodes.
[0245] Example 24. The surgical instrument of any one of Examples 21-23, further including a first consumable cartridge configured for use during a surgical operation of the surgical instrument.
[0246] Example 25. The surgical instrument of any one of Examples 21-24, wherein the first jaw is configured to mechanically accommodate the first consumable cartridge, wherein the plurality of electrodes are mechanically coupled to the first consumable cartridge, and wherein the first jaw includes a first electrical contact configured to communicably couple the control circuit to the plurality of electrodes.
[0247] Example 26. The surgical instrument of any one of Examples 21-25, wherein the first electrical contact is one of a plurality of electrical contacts, wherein each electrical contact of the plurality corresponds to an electrode of the plurality of electrodes.
[0248] Example 27. The surgical instrument of any one of Examples 21-26, further including a second consumable cartridge configured to be mechanically coupled to the first jaw, wherein the plurality of electrodes are mechanically coupled to the second consumable cartridge, and wherein the first jaw includes an electrical contact configured to communicably couple the control circuit to the plurality of electrodes.
[0249] Example 28. The surgical instrument of any one of Examples 21-27, wherein the first jaw is configured to mechanically accommodate the second consumable cartridge, and wherein the second consumable cartridge is configured to mechanically accommodate the first consumable cartridge.
[0250] Example 29. The surgical instrument of any one of Examples 21-28, wherein the second consumable cartridge is configured to mechanically accommodate the first jaw. [0251] Example 30. The surgical instrument of any one of Examples 21-29, wherein the first jaw is an anvil of the end effector.
[0252] Example 31. The surgical instrument of any one of Examples 21-30, wherein the first jaw is an anvil of the end effector, and wherein the plurality of electrodes are integrated into the anvil of the end effector.
[0253] Example 32. The surgical instrument of any one of Examples 21-31 , further including a wireless communication module configured to communicably couple the plurality of electrodes to the control circuit.
[0254] Example 33. A surgical instrument, including: an end effector including a first jaw and a second jaw, wherein the first jaw is movably configured relative to the second jaw between an opened condition and a closed condition, and wherein the end effector defines a channel extending along a longitudinal axis; a plurality of electrodes mechanically coupled to the channel defined by the end effector, wherein each electrode of the plurality of electrodes is positioned about the longitudinal axis; a flexible circuit including a conductive track configured for multiplexed transmission of a plurality of signals to and from the end effector; and a control circuit communicably coupled to the plurality of electrodes via the flexible conductor and a memory configured to store an algorithm configured to cause the control circuit to: receive signals from the plurality of electrodes; determine an impedance signal based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; detect a media positioned between the jaws of the end effector based on the determined impedance signal; determine a position of the detected media along the longitudinal axis based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; and generate an alert associated with the detected media and the determined position.
[0255] Example 34. A surgical instrument, including: an end effector including a first jaw and a second jaw, wherein the first jaw is movably configured relative to the second jaw between an opened condition and a closed condition, wherein the end effector defines a channel; a first consumable cartridge including a first plurality of electrodes positioned about a longitudinal axis defined by the end effector, and wherein the first consumable cartridge defines a cavity configured to accommodate a second consumable cartridge configured to perform a surgical operation; a flexible circuit including a conductive track configured for multiplexed transmission of a plurality of signals to and from the end effector; and a control circuit communicably coupled to the plurality of electrodes and a memory configured to store an algorithm configured to cause the control circuit to: receive signals from the plurality of electrodes; determine an impedance signal based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; detect a media positioned between the jaws of the end effector based on the determined impedance signal; determine a position of the detected media along the longitudinal axis based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; and generate an alert associated with the detected media and the determined position.
[0256] Example 35. The surgical instrument of Example 34, wherein the first consumable cartridge is configured to be inserted within the channel defined by the end effector.
[0257] Example 36. The surgical instrument of either of Examples 33 or 34, wherein the first consumable cartridge is configured to be mechanically coupled to an exterior surface of the first jaw of the end effector.
[0258] Example 37. The surgical instrument of any of Examples 34-36, further including a third consumable cartridge configured to be inserted into the channel defined by the end effector, wherein the third consumable cartridge defines a cavity configured to accommodate the second consumable cartridge, wherein the third consumable cartridge includes a second plurality of electrodes positioned about a longitudinal axis defined by the end effector, wherein the first plurality of electrodes is arranged in a different configuration than the first plurality of electrodes, and wherein the first consumable cartridge is interchangeable with the third consumable cartridge.
[0259] Example 38. The surgical instrument of any of Examples 34-37, further including a wireless communication module, wherein the control circuit is communicably coupled to the plurality of electrodes via the wireless communication module.
[0260] Example 39. The systems disclosed herein.
[0261] Example 40. The apparatuses disclosed herein.
[0262] Example 41 . The methods disclosed herein.
[0263] While several forms have been illustrated and described, it is not the intention of Applicant to restrict or limit the scope of the appended claims to such detail. Numerous modifications, variations, changes, substitutions, combinations, and equivalents to those forms may be implemented and will occur to those skilled in the art without departing from the scope of the present disclosure. Moreover, the structure of each element associated with the described forms can be alternatively described as a means for providing the function performed by the element. Also, where materials are disclosed for certain components, other materials may be used. It is therefore to be understood that the foregoing description and the appended claims are intended to cover all such modifications, combinations, and variations as falling within the scope of the disclosed forms. The appended claims are intended to cover all such modifications, variations, changes, substitutions, modifications, and equivalents. [0264] The foregoing detailed description has set forth various forms of the devices and/or processes via the use of block diagrams, flowcharts, and/or examples. Insofar as such block diagrams, flowcharts, and/or examples contain one or more functions and/or operations, it will be understood by those within the art that each function and/or operation within such block diagrams, flowcharts, and/or examples can be implemented, individually and/or collectively, by a wide range of hardware, software, firmware, or virtually any combination thereof. Those skilled in the art will recognize that some aspects of the forms disclosed herein, in whole or in part, can be equivalently implemented in integrated circuits, as one or more computer programs running on one or more computers (e.g., as one or more programs running on one or more computer systems), as one or more programs running on one or more processors (e.g., as one or more programs running on one or more microprocessors), as firmware, or as virtually any combination thereof, and that designing the circuitry and/or writing the code for the software and or firmware would be well within the skill of one of skill in the art in light of this disclosure. In addition, those skilled in the art will appreciate that the mechanisms of the subject matter described herein are capable of being distributed as one or more program products in a variety of forms, and that an illustrative form of the subject matter described herein applies regardless of the particular type of signal bearing medium used to actually carry out the distribution.
[0265] Instructions used to program logic to perform various disclosed aspects can be stored within a memory in the system, such as dynamic random access memory (DRAM), cache, flash memory, or other storage. Furthermore, the instructions can be distributed via a network or by way of other computer readable media. Thus a machine-readable medium may include any mechanism for storing or transmitting information in a form readable by a machine (e.g., a computer), but is not limited to, floppy diskettes, optical disks, compact disc, read-only memory (CD-ROMs), and magneto-optical disks, read-only memory (ROMs), random access memory (RAM), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), magnetic or optical cards, flash memory, or a tangible, machine-readable storage used in the transmission of information over the Internet via electrical, optical, acoustical or other forms of propagated signals (e.g., carrier waves, infrared signals, digital signals, etc.). Accordingly, the non-transitory computer-readable medium includes any type of tangible machine-readable medium suitable for storing or transmitting electronic instructions or information in a form readable by a machine (e.g., a computer).
[0266] As used in any aspect herein, the term “control circuit” may refer to, for example, hardwired circuitry, programmable circuitry (e.g., a computer processor including one or more individual instruction processing cores, processing unit, processor, microcontroller, microcontroller unit, controller, digital signal processor (DSP), programmable logic device (PLD), programmable logic array (PLA), or field programmable gate array (FPGA)), state machine circuitry, firmware that stores instructions executed by programmable circuitry, and any combination thereof. The control circuit may, collectively or individually, be embodied as circuitry that forms part of a larger system, for example, an integrated circuit (IC), an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a system on-chip (SoC), desktop computers, laptop computers, tablet computers, servers, smart phones, etc. Accordingly, as used herein “control circuit” includes, but is not limited to, electrical circuitry having at least one discrete electrical circuit, electrical circuitry having at least one integrated circuit, electrical circuitry having at least one application specific integrated circuit, electrical circuitry forming a general purpose computing device configured by a computer program (e.g., a general purpose computer configured by a computer program which at least partially carries out processes and/or devices described herein, or a microprocessor configured by a computer program which at least partially carries out processes and/or devices described herein), electrical circuitry forming a memory device (e.g., forms of random access memory), and/or electrical circuitry forming a communications device (e.g., a modem, communications switch, or optical-electrical equipment). Those having skill in the art will recognize that the subject matter described herein may be implemented in an analog or digital fashion or some combination thereof.
[0267] As used in any aspect herein, the term “logic” may refer to an app, software, firmware and/or circuitry configured to perform any of the aforementioned operations. Software may be embodied as a software package, code, instructions, instruction sets and/or data recorded on non-transitory computer readable storage medium. Firmware may be embodied as code, instructions or instruction sets and/or data that are hard-coded (e.g., nonvolatile) in memory devices.
[0268] As used in any aspect herein, the terms “component,” “system,” “module” and the like can refer to a computer-related entity, either hardware, a combination of hardware and software, software, or software in execution.
[0269] As used in any aspect herein, an “algorithm” refers to a self-consistent sequence of steps leading to a desired result, where a “step” refers to a manipulation of physical quantities and/or logic states which may, though need not necessarily, take the form of electrical or magnetic signals capable of being stored, transferred, combined, compared, and otherwise manipulated. It is common usage to refer to these signals as bits, values, elements, symbols, characters, terms, numbers, or the like. These and similar terms may be associated with the appropriate physical quantities and are merely convenient labels applied to these quantities and/or states.
[0270] A network may include a packet switched network. The communication devices may be capable of communicating with each other using a selected packet switched network communications protocol. One example communications protocol may include an Ethernet communications protocol which may be capable permitting communication using a Transmission Control Protocol/lnternet Protocol (TCP/IP). The Ethernet protocol may comply or be compatible with the Ethernet standard published by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) titled “IEEE 802.3 Standard”, published in December, 2008 and/or later versions of this standard. Alternatively or additionally, the communication devices may be capable of communicating with each other using an X.25 communications protocol. The X.25 communications protocol may comply or be compatible with a standard promulgated by the International Telecommunication Union-Telecommunication Standardization Sector (ITU-T). Alternatively or additionally, the communication devices may be capable of communicating with each other using a frame relay communications protocol. The frame relay communications protocol may comply or be compatible with a standard promulgated by Consultative Committee for International Telegraph and Telephone (CCITT) and/or the American National Standards Institute (ANSI). Alternatively or additionally, the transceivers may be capable of communicating with each other using an Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) communications protocol. The ATM communications protocol may comply or be compatible with an ATM standard published by the ATM Forum titled “ATM-MPLS Network Interworking 2.0” published August 2001 , and/or later versions of this standard. Of course, different and/or after-developed connection-oriented network communication protocols are equally contemplated herein.
[0271] Unless specifically stated otherwise as apparent from the foregoing disclosure, it is appreciated that, throughout the foregoing disclosure, discussions using terms such as “processing,” “computing,” “calculating,” “determining,” “displaying,” or the like, refer to the action and processes of a computer system, or similar electronic computing device, that manipulates and transforms data represented as physical (electronic) quantities within the computer system's registers and memories into other data similarly represented as physical quantities within the computer system memories or registers or other such information storage, transmission or display devices.
[0272] One or more components may be referred to herein as “configured to,” “configurable to,” “operable/operative to,” “adapted/adaptable,” “able to,” “conformable/conformed to,” etc. Those skilled in the art will recognize that “configured to” can generally encompass active-state components and/or inactive-state components and/or standby-state components, unless context requires otherwise.
[0273] The terms “proximal” and “distal” are used herein with reference to a clinician manipulating the handle portion of the surgical instrument. The term “proximal” refers to the portion closest to the clinician and the term “distal” refers to the portion located away from the clinician. It will be further appreciated that, for convenience and clarity, spatial terms such as “vertical”, “horizontal”, “up”, and “down” may be used herein with respect to the drawings. However, surgical instruments are used in many orientations and positions, and these terms are not intended to be limiting and/or absolute.
[0274] Those skilled in the art will recognize that, in general, terms used herein, and especially in the appended claims (e.g., bodies of the appended claims) are generally intended as “open” terms (e.g., the term “including” should be interpreted as “including but not limited to,” the term “having” should be interpreted as “having at least,” the term “includes” should be interpreted as “includes but is not limited to,” etc.). It will be further understood by those within the art that if a specific number of an introduced claim recitation is intended, such an intent will be explicitly recited in the claim, and in the absence of such recitation no such intent is present. For example, as an aid to understanding, the following appended claims may contain usage of the introductory phrases “at least one” and “one or more” to introduce claim recitations. However, the use of such phrases should not be construed to imply that the introduction of a claim recitation by the indefinite articles “a” or “an” limits any particular claim containing such introduced claim recitation to claims containing only one such recitation, even when the same claim includes the introductory phrases “one or more” or “at least one” and indefinite articles such as “a” or “an” (e.g., “a” and/or “an” should typically be interpreted to mean “at least one” or “one or more”); the same holds true for the use of definite articles used to introduce claim recitations.
[0275] In addition, even if a specific number of an introduced claim recitation is explicitly recited, those skilled in the art will recognize that such recitation should typically be interpreted to mean at least the recited number (e.g., the bare recitation of “two recitations,” without other modifiers, typically means at least two recitations, or two or more recitations). Furthermore, in those instances where a convention analogous to “at least one of A, B, and C, etc.” is used, in general such a construction is intended in the sense one having skill in the art would understand the convention (e.g., “a system having at least one of A, B, and C” would include but not be limited to systems that have A alone, B alone, C alone, A and B together, A and C together, B and C together, and/or A, B, and C together, etc.). In those instances where a convention analogous to “at least one of A, B, or C, etc.” is used, in general such a construction is intended in the sense one having skill in the art would understand the convention (e.g., “a system having at least one of A, B, or C” would include but not be limited to systems that have A alone, B alone, C alone, A and B together, A and C together, B and C together, and/or A, B, and C together, etc.). It will be further understood by those within the art that typically a disjunctive word and/or phrase presenting two or more alternative terms, whether in the description, claims, or drawings, should be understood to contemplate the possibilities of including one of the terms, either of the terms, or both terms unless context dictates otherwise. For example, the phrase “A or B” will be typically understood to include the possibilities of “A” or “B” or “A and B.”
[0276] With respect to the appended claims, those skilled in the art will appreciate that recited operations therein may generally be performed in any order. Also, although various operational flow diagrams are presented in a sequence(s), it should be understood that the various operations may be performed in other orders than those which are illustrated, or may be performed concurrently. Examples of such alternate orderings may include overlapping, interleaved, interrupted, reordered, incremental, preparatory, supplemental, simultaneous, reverse, or other variant orderings, unless context dictates otherwise. Furthermore, terms like “responsive to,” “related to,” or other past-tense adjectives are generally not intended to exclude such variants, unless context dictates otherwise.
[0277] It is worthy to note that any reference to “one aspect,” “an aspect,” “an exemplification,” “one exemplification,” and the like means that a particular feature, structure, or characteristic described in connection with the aspect is included in at least one aspect. Thus, appearances of the phrases “in one aspect,” “in an aspect,” “in an exemplification,” and “in one exemplification” in various places throughout the specification are not necessarily all referring to the same aspect. Furthermore, the particular features, structures or characteristics may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more aspects.
[0278] Any patent application, patent, non-patent publication, or other disclosure material referred to in this specification and/or listed in any Application Data Sheet is incorporated by reference herein, to the extent that the incorporated materials is not inconsistent herewith. As such, and to the extent necessary, the disclosure as explicitly set forth herein supersedes any conflicting material incorporated herein by reference. Any material, or portion thereof, that is said to be incorporated by reference herein, but which conflicts with existing definitions, statements, or other disclosure material set forth herein will only be incorporated to the extent that no conflict arises between that incorporated material and the existing disclosure material. [0279] In summary, numerous benefits have been described which result from employing the concepts described herein. The foregoing description of the one or more forms has been presented for purposes of illustration and description. It is not intended to be exhaustive or limiting to the precise form disclosed. Modifications or variations are possible in light of the above teachings. The one or more forms were chosen and described in order to illustrate principles and practical application to thereby enable one of ordinary skill in the art to utilize the various forms and with various modifications as are suited to the particular use contemplated. It is intended that the claims submitted herewith define the overall scope.

Claims

CLAIMS WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A surgical instrument, comprising: an end effector comprising jaws configured to transition between an opened condition and a closed condition; a plurality of electrodes positioned within the jaws of the end effector, wherein each electrode of the plurality of electrodes is positioned about a longitudinal axis defined by the end effector; a control circuit and a memory configured to store an algorithm configured to cause the control circuit to: receive signals from the plurality of electrodes; determine an impedance signal based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; detect a media positioned between the jaws of the end effector based on the determined impedance signal; determine a position of the detected media along the longitudinal axis based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; and generate an alert associated with the detected media and the determined position.
2. The surgical instrument of claim 1 , wherein the alert comprises a digital representation of the end effector, the detected media, and the determined position, and wherein the algorithm is further configured to cause the control circuit to initiate a transmission of the digital representation to a display for visual review by the operating clinician.
3. The surgical instrument of claim 1 or claim 2, wherein the alert comprises an audible alert, and wherein the algorithm is further configured to cause the control circuit to cause a speaker communicably coupled to the control circuit for audible transmission to the operating clinician.
4. The surgical instrument of any one of claims 1 - 3, wherein the algorithm is further configured to cause the control circuit to: determine a second impedance signal based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; detect a second media positioned between the jaws of the end effector based on the determined second impedance signal; and determine a second position of the detected second media along the longitudinal axis based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; and wherein the alert is also associated with the detected second media and the determined second position.
5. The surgical instrument of claim 4, wherein the algorithm comprises a linear support vector machine configured to distinguish the media from the second media based on the determined impedance signal and the determined second impedance signal.
6. The surgical instrument of claim 4 or claim 5, wherein the algorithm detected media comprises a tissue sample, and wherein the detected second media comprises a foreign object.
7. The surgical instrument of any preceding claim, wherein the algorithm is further configured to cause the control circuit to characterize the detected media based on the determined impedance signal.
8. The surgical instrument of any preceding claim, wherein the impedance signal comprises an impedance magnitude.
9. The surgical instrument of any preceding claim, wherein the impedance signal comprises a phase.
10. The surgical instrument of any preceding claim, wherein the algorithm is further configured to cause the control circuit to determine a change in the impedance signal across the time domain.
11 . The surgical instrument of any preceding claim, wherein the algorithm is further configured to cause the control circuit to determine a change in the impedance signal across the frequency domain.
12. A surgical system, comprising: a surgical instrument comprising: an end effector comprising jaws configured to transition between an opened condition and a closed condition; and a plurality of electrodes positioned within the jaws of the end effector, wherein each electrode of the plurality of electrodes is positioned about a longitudinal axis defined by the end effector; and a computer system communicably coupled to the surgical instrument, wherein the computer system comprises a control circuit and a memory configured to store an algorithm configured to cause the control circuit to: receive signals from the plurality of electrodes; determine an impedance signal based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; detect a media positioned between the jaws of the end effector based on the determined impedance signal; determine a position of the detected media along the longitudinal axis based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; and generate an alert associated with the detected media and the determined position.
13. The surgical system of claim 12, wherein the algorithm is further configured to cause the control circuit to: determine a second impedance signal based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; detect a second media positioned between the jaws of the end effector based on the determined second impedance signal; and determine a second position of the detected second media along the longitudinal axis based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; and wherein the alert is also associated with the detected second media and the determined second position.
14. The surgical system of claim 13, wherein the algorithm detected media comprises a tissue sample, and wherein the detected second media comprises a foreign object.
15. The surgical system of any one of claims 12 - 14, wherein the algorithm is further configured to cause the control circuit to characterize the detected media based on the determined impedance signal.
16. A method of characterizing media positioned between jaws of an end effector of a surgical instrument, the method comprising: receiving, via a control circuit of the surgical instrument, signals from a plurality of electrodes positioned within the jaws of the end effector; determining, via the control circuit, an impedance signal based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; detecting, via the control circuit, the media positioned between the jaws of the end effector based on the determined impedance signal; determining, via the control circuit, a position of the detected media along a longitudinal axis defined by the end effector based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; generating, via the control circuit, an alert associated with the detected media and the determined position; and characterizing, via the control circuit, the detected media based on the determined impedance signal.
17. The method of claim 16, further comprising: determining, via the control circuit, a second impedance signal based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; detecting, via the control circuit, a second media positioned between the jaws of the end effector based on the determined second impedance signal; and determining, via the control circuit, a second position of the detected second media along the longitudinal axis based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; and wherein the alert is also associated with the detected second media and the determined second position.
18. The method of claim 17, further comprising distinguishing, via the control circuit, the media from the second media based on the determined impedance signal and the determined second impedance signal in accordance with a linear support vector machine.
19. The method of any one of claims 16 - 18, wherein generating the alert comprises: generating, via the control circuit, a digital representation of the end effector, the detected media, and the determined position; and initiating, via the control circuit, a transmission of the digital representation to a display for visual review by an operating clinician.
20. The method of any one of claims 16 - 19, wherein the alert comprises an audible alert, and wherein the method further comprises causing, via the control circuit, a speaker communicably coupled to the control circuit to play the audible alert.
21 . A computer program product comprising instructions which, when executed by the computer system of the surgical system of any one of claims 12 - 15, cause the computer system to operate as follows: to receive signals from the plurality of electrodes; to determine an impedance signal based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; to detect a media positioned between the jaws of the end effector based on the determined impedance signal; to determine a position of the detected media along the longitudinal axis based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; and to generate an alert associated with the detected media and the determined position.
22. A computer readable medium having stored thereon the computer program product of claim 21.
23. A signal carrying the computer program product of claim 21 .
24. A surgical instrument, comprising: an end effector comprising a first jaw and a second jaw, wherein the first jaw is movably configured relative to the second jaw between an opened condition and a closed condition; a plurality of electrodes positioned within the jaws of the end effector, wherein each electrode of the plurality of electrodes is positioned about a longitudinal axis defined by the end effector; a flexible circuit comprising a conductive track configured for multiplexed transmission of a plurality of signals to and from the end effector a control circuit communicably coupled to the plurality of electrodes via the flexible conductor and a memory configured to store an algorithm configured to cause the control circuit to: receive signals from the plurality of electrodes; determine an impedance signal based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; detect a media positioned between the jaws of the end effector based on the determined impedance signal; determine a position of the detected media along the longitudinal axis based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; and generate an alert associated with the detected media and the determined position.
25. The surgical instrument of claim 24, wherein the end effector defines a channel extending along the longitudinal axis, and wherein the plurality of electrodes are mechanically coupled to the channel.
26. The surgical instrument of claim 24 or claim 25, wherein the plurality of signals comprises a signal configured to power a surgical operation and a signal to be transmitted between a first electrode of the plurality of electrodes and second electrode of the plurality of electrodes.
27. The surgical instrument of any one of claims 24 - 26, further comprising a first consumable cartridge configured for use during a surgical operation of the surgical instrument.
28. The surgical instrument of claim 27, wherein the first jaw is configured to mechanically accommodate the first consumable cartridge, wherein the plurality of electrodes are mechanically coupled to the first consumable cartridge, and wherein the first jaw comprises a first electrical contact configured to communicably couple the control circuit to the plurality of electrodes.
29. The surgical instrument of claim 28, wherein the first electrical contact is one of a plurality of electrical contacts, wherein each electrical contact of the plurality corresponds to an electrode of the plurality of electrodes.
30. The surgical instrument of any one of claims 27 - 29, further comprising a second consumable cartridge configured to be mechanically coupled to the first jaw, wherein the plurality of electrodes are mechanically coupled to the second consumable cartridge, and wherein the first jaw comprises an electrical contact configured to communicably couple the control circuit to the plurality of electrodes.
31 . The surgical instrument of claim 30, wherein the first jaw is configured to mechanically accommodate the second consumable cartridge, and wherein the second consumable cartridge is configured to mechanically accommodate the first consumable cartridge.
32. The surgical instrument of claim 30, wherein the second consumable cartridge is configured to mechanically accommodate the first jaw.
33. The surgical instrument of any one of claims 24 - 32, wherein the first jaw is an anvil of the end effector.
34. The surgical instrument of any one of claims 24 - 33, wherein the first jaw is an anvil of the end effector, and wherein the plurality of electrodes are integrated into the anvil of the end effector.
35. The surgical instrument of any one of claims 24 - 34, further comprising a wireless communication module configured to communicably couple the plurality of electrodes to the control circuit.
36. A surgical instrument, comprising: an end effector comprising a first jaw and a second jaw, wherein the first jaw is movably configured relative to the second jaw between an opened condition and a closed condition, and wherein the end effector defines a channel extending along a longitudinal axis; a plurality of electrodes mechanically coupled to the channel defined by the end effector, wherein each electrode of the plurality of electrodes is positioned about the longitudinal axis; a flexible circuit comprising a conductive track configured for multiplexed transmission of a plurality of signals to and from the end effector; and a control circuit communicably coupled to the plurality of electrodes via the flexible conductor and a memory configured to store an algorithm configured to cause the control circuit to: receive signals from the plurality of electrodes; determine an impedance signal based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; detect a media positioned between the jaws of the end effector based on the determined impedance signal; determine a position of the detected media along the longitudinal axis based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; and generate an alert associated with the detected media and the determined position.
37. A surgical instrument, comprising: an end effector comprising a first jaw and a second jaw, wherein the first jaw is movably configured relative to the second jaw between an opened condition and a closed condition, wherein the end effector defines a channel; a first consumable cartridge comprising a first plurality of electrodes positioned about a longitudinal axis defined by the end effector, and wherein the first consumable cartridge defines a cavity configured to accommodate a second consumable cartridge configured to perform a surgical operation; a flexible circuit comprising a conductive track configured for multiplexed transmission of a plurality of signals to and from the end effector; and a control circuit communicably coupled to the plurality of electrodes and a memory configured to store an algorithm configured to cause the control circuit to: receive signals from the plurality of electrodes; determine an impedance signal based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; detect a media positioned between the jaws of the end effector based on the determined impedance signal; determine a position of the detected media along the longitudinal axis based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; and generate an alert associated with the detected media and the determined position.
38. The surgical instrument of claim 37, wherein the first consumable cartridge is configured to be inserted within the channel defined by the end effector.
39. The surgical instrument of claim 37 or claim 38, wherein the first consumable cartridge is configured to be mechanically coupled to an exterior surface of the first jaw of the end effector.
40. The surgical instrument of any one of claims 37 - 39, further comprising a third consumable cartridge configured to be inserted into the channel defined by the end effector, wherein the third consumable cartridge defines a cavity configured to accommodate the second consumable cartridge, wherein the third consumable cartridge comprises a second plurality of electrodes positioned about a longitudinal axis defined by the end effector, wherein the first plurality of electrodes is arranged in a different configuration than the first plurality of electrodes, and wherein the first consumable cartridge is interchangeable with the third consumable cartridge.
41 . The surgical instrument of any one of claims 37 - 40, further comprising a wireless communication module, wherein the control circuit is communicably coupled to the plurality of electrodes via the wireless communication module.
42. A computer program product comprising instructions which, when executed by the control circuit of the instrument of any one of claims 24 - 41 , cause the control circuit to operate as follows: to receive signals from the plurality of electrodes; to determine an impedance signal based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; to detect a media positioned between the jaws of the end effector based on the determined impedance signal; to determine a position of the detected media along the longitudinal axis based on the signals received from the plurality of electrodes; and to generate an alert associated with the detected media and the determined position.
43. A computer readable medium having stored thereon the computer program product of claim 42.
44. A signal carrying the computer program product of claim 42.
PCT/IB2022/060482 2021-11-01 2022-10-31 Devices, systems, and methods for detecting tissue and foreign objects during a surgical operation WO2023073664A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP22802274.5A EP4240253A1 (en) 2021-11-01 2022-10-31 Devices, systems, and methods for detecting tissue and foreign objects during a surgical operation

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US202163274207P 2021-11-01 2021-11-01
US63/274,207 2021-11-01
US202263330502P 2022-04-13 2022-04-13
US63/330,502 2022-04-13
US17/965,357 2022-10-13
US17/965,336 2022-10-13
US17/965,357 US20230133607A1 (en) 2021-11-01 2022-10-13 Devices, systems, and methods for detecting tissue and foreign objects during a surgical operation
US17/965,336 US11957342B2 (en) 2022-10-13 Devices, systems, and methods for detecting tissue and foreign objects during a surgical operation

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023073664A1 true WO2023073664A1 (en) 2023-05-04

Family

ID=84145997

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/IB2022/060482 WO2023073664A1 (en) 2021-11-01 2022-10-31 Devices, systems, and methods for detecting tissue and foreign objects during a surgical operation

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023073664A1 (en)

Citations (33)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4785180A (en) 1986-04-04 1988-11-15 Deutsche Forschungs-Und Versuchsanstalt Fur Luft-Und Raumfahrt E.V. Optoelectronic system housed in a plastic sphere
US5817084A (en) 1993-05-14 1998-10-06 Sri International Remote center positioning device with flexible drive
US5878193A (en) 1992-08-10 1999-03-02 Computer Motion, Inc. Automated endoscope system for optimal positioning
US6132368A (en) 1996-12-12 2000-10-17 Intuitive Surgical, Inc. Multi-component telepresence system and method
US6804012B2 (en) 2001-11-30 2004-10-12 3D Connection Gmbh Arrangement for the detection for relative movements or relative position of two objects
EP1850210A2 (en) 2006-04-05 2007-10-31 3Dconnexion Holding SA Optoelectronic device for determining relative movements or relative positions of two objects
US20080001919A1 (en) 2004-03-17 2008-01-03 3D Connexion Gmbh User Interface Device
US7516675B2 (en) 2007-07-03 2009-04-14 Kulite Semiconductor Products, Inc. Joystick sensor apparatus
US7524320B2 (en) 1998-12-08 2009-04-28 Intuitive Surgical, Inc. Mechanical actuator interface system for robotic surgical tools
US8622274B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2014-01-07 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Motorized cutting and fastening instrument having control circuit for optimizing battery usage
US8632525B2 (en) 2010-09-17 2014-01-21 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Power control arrangements for surgical instruments and batteries
US9072535B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2015-07-07 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Surgical stapling instruments with rotatable staple deployment arrangements
WO2015153642A1 (en) 2014-03-31 2015-10-08 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Surgical instrument with shiftable transmission
US20160256071A1 (en) 2015-03-06 2016-09-08 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Llc Overlaid multi sensor radio frequency (rf) electrode system to measure tissue compression
US9522029B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2016-12-20 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Llc Motorized surgical cutting and fastening instrument having handle based power source
US9629629B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2017-04-25 Ethicon Endo-Surgey, LLC Control systems for surgical instruments
WO2017083125A1 (en) 2015-11-13 2017-05-18 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Stapler with composite cardan and screw drive
WO2017083126A1 (en) 2015-11-13 2017-05-18 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Staple pusher with lost motion between ramps
US9724094B2 (en) 2014-09-05 2017-08-08 Ethicon Llc Adjunct with integrated sensors to quantify tissue compression
US20170265954A1 (en) 2016-03-17 2017-09-21 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Stapler with cable-driven advanceable clamping element and dual distal pulleys
US20170265865A1 (en) 2016-03-17 2017-09-21 Intuitive Surgical Operations Stapler with cable-driven advanceable clamping element and distal pulley
US20170290586A1 (en) 2016-04-07 2017-10-12 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Stapling cartridge
US9808246B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2017-11-07 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Llc Method of operating a powered surgical instrument
WO2018049206A1 (en) 2016-09-09 2018-03-15 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Stapler reload detection and identification
US20180125481A1 (en) 2008-09-23 2018-05-10 Ethicon Llc Motor-driven surgical cutting instrument
US9993248B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2018-06-12 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Llc Smart sensors with local signal processing
US20180168625A1 (en) 2016-12-21 2018-06-21 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Llc Surgical stapling instruments with smart staple cartridges
US20180250002A1 (en) 2017-03-03 2018-09-06 Covidien Lp Powered surgical devices having tissue sensing function
US10149683B2 (en) 2008-10-10 2018-12-11 Ethicon Llc Powered surgical cutting and stapling apparatus with manually retractable firing system
EP3506274A1 (en) * 2017-12-28 2019-07-03 Ethicon LLC Surgical systems for detecting end effector tissue distribution irregularities
US20190200981A1 (en) * 2017-12-28 2019-07-04 Ethicon Llc Method of compressing tissue within a stapling device and simultaneously displaying the location of the tissue within the jaws
US20200078113A1 (en) 2018-09-07 2020-03-12 Ethicon Llc Port presence detection system for modular energy system
US10595887B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2020-03-24 Ethicon Llc Systems for adjusting end effector parameters based on perioperative information

Patent Citations (38)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4785180A (en) 1986-04-04 1988-11-15 Deutsche Forschungs-Und Versuchsanstalt Fur Luft-Und Raumfahrt E.V. Optoelectronic system housed in a plastic sphere
US5878193A (en) 1992-08-10 1999-03-02 Computer Motion, Inc. Automated endoscope system for optimal positioning
US5817084A (en) 1993-05-14 1998-10-06 Sri International Remote center positioning device with flexible drive
US6132368A (en) 1996-12-12 2000-10-17 Intuitive Surgical, Inc. Multi-component telepresence system and method
US7524320B2 (en) 1998-12-08 2009-04-28 Intuitive Surgical, Inc. Mechanical actuator interface system for robotic surgical tools
US6804012B2 (en) 2001-11-30 2004-10-12 3D Connection Gmbh Arrangement for the detection for relative movements or relative position of two objects
US20080001919A1 (en) 2004-03-17 2008-01-03 3D Connexion Gmbh User Interface Device
EP1850210A2 (en) 2006-04-05 2007-10-31 3Dconnexion Holding SA Optoelectronic device for determining relative movements or relative positions of two objects
US7516675B2 (en) 2007-07-03 2009-04-14 Kulite Semiconductor Products, Inc. Joystick sensor apparatus
US8622274B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2014-01-07 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Motorized cutting and fastening instrument having control circuit for optimizing battery usage
US9522029B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2016-12-20 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Llc Motorized surgical cutting and fastening instrument having handle based power source
US20180125481A1 (en) 2008-09-23 2018-05-10 Ethicon Llc Motor-driven surgical cutting instrument
US10149683B2 (en) 2008-10-10 2018-12-11 Ethicon Llc Powered surgical cutting and stapling apparatus with manually retractable firing system
US8632525B2 (en) 2010-09-17 2014-01-21 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Power control arrangements for surgical instruments and batteries
US9072535B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2015-07-07 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Surgical stapling instruments with rotatable staple deployment arrangements
US9629629B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2017-04-25 Ethicon Endo-Surgey, LLC Control systems for surgical instruments
WO2015153642A1 (en) 2014-03-31 2015-10-08 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Surgical instrument with shiftable transmission
US9724094B2 (en) 2014-09-05 2017-08-08 Ethicon Llc Adjunct with integrated sensors to quantify tissue compression
US10135242B2 (en) 2014-09-05 2018-11-20 Ethicon Llc Smart cartridge wake up operation and data retention
US10548504B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2020-02-04 Ethicon Llc Overlaid multi sensor radio frequency (RF) electrode system to measure tissue compression
US9993248B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2018-06-12 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Llc Smart sensors with local signal processing
US9808246B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2017-11-07 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Llc Method of operating a powered surgical instrument
US20160256071A1 (en) 2015-03-06 2016-09-08 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Llc Overlaid multi sensor radio frequency (rf) electrode system to measure tissue compression
WO2017083126A1 (en) 2015-11-13 2017-05-18 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Staple pusher with lost motion between ramps
WO2017083125A1 (en) 2015-11-13 2017-05-18 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Stapler with composite cardan and screw drive
US10350016B2 (en) 2016-03-17 2019-07-16 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Stapler with cable-driven advanceable clamping element and dual distal pulleys
US20170265865A1 (en) 2016-03-17 2017-09-21 Intuitive Surgical Operations Stapler with cable-driven advanceable clamping element and distal pulley
US10631858B2 (en) 2016-03-17 2020-04-28 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Stapler with cable-driven advanceable clamping element and distal pulley
US20170265954A1 (en) 2016-03-17 2017-09-21 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Stapler with cable-driven advanceable clamping element and dual distal pulleys
US20170290586A1 (en) 2016-04-07 2017-10-12 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Stapling cartridge
US10722233B2 (en) 2016-04-07 2020-07-28 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Stapling cartridge
WO2018049206A1 (en) 2016-09-09 2018-03-15 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Stapler reload detection and identification
US20180168625A1 (en) 2016-12-21 2018-06-21 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Llc Surgical stapling instruments with smart staple cartridges
US20180250002A1 (en) 2017-03-03 2018-09-06 Covidien Lp Powered surgical devices having tissue sensing function
EP3506274A1 (en) * 2017-12-28 2019-07-03 Ethicon LLC Surgical systems for detecting end effector tissue distribution irregularities
US20190200981A1 (en) * 2017-12-28 2019-07-04 Ethicon Llc Method of compressing tissue within a stapling device and simultaneously displaying the location of the tissue within the jaws
US10595887B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2020-03-24 Ethicon Llc Systems for adjusting end effector parameters based on perioperative information
US20200078113A1 (en) 2018-09-07 2020-03-12 Ethicon Llc Port presence detection system for modular energy system

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20230133607A1 (en) Devices, systems, and methods for detecting tissue and foreign objects during a surgical operation
US11937866B2 (en) Method for an electrosurgical procedure
US11559307B2 (en) Method of robotic hub communication, detection, and control
EP3845161A1 (en) Control program for modular combination energy device
US11311292B2 (en) Surgical instrument with detection sensors
US11779337B2 (en) Method of using reinforced flexible circuits with multiple sensors to optimize performance of radio frequency devices
JP7263367B2 (en) surgical instrument cartridge sensor assembly
JP7225249B2 (en) Surgical system for detecting irregularities in end effector tissue distribution
JP7322030B2 (en) Variable output cartridge sensor assembly
US11191545B2 (en) Staple formation detection mechanisms
US11596291B2 (en) Method of compressing tissue within a stapling device and simultaneously displaying of the location of the tissue within the jaws
US20230098870A1 (en) Method of compressing tissue within a stapling device and simultaneously displaying the location of the tissue within the jaws
US20230171304A1 (en) Method of robotic hub communication, detection, and control
EP3505084A2 (en) Surgical instrument cartridge sensor assemblies
EP3508140A1 (en) Variable output cartridge sensor assembly
US10420577B2 (en) Apparatus and method for tissue thickness sensing
US20200265309A1 (en) Systems and methods for estimating tissue parameters using surgical devices
JP2023544363A (en) Ability to communicate with surgical device components
CN112533547A (en) Method of compressing tissue within a suturing device while simultaneously displaying the position of the tissue within the jaws
EP3545862A2 (en) Method of compressing tissue within a stapling device and simultaneously displaying the location of the tissue within the jaws
US11957342B2 (en) Devices, systems, and methods for detecting tissue and foreign objects during a surgical operation
US20230172604A1 (en) Devices, systems, and methods for detecting tissue and foreign objects during a surgical operation
WO2023073664A1 (en) Devices, systems, and methods for detecting tissue and foreign objects during a surgical operation

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022802274

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20230605

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22802274

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1